Skip to main content

Full text of "Wage earning and education"

See other formats


1 1 


UC-NRLF 


SB    43b    717 


WAGE  EARNING  AND  EDUCATION 


THE  SURVEY  COMMITTEE  OF  THE 
CLEVELAND  FOUNDATION 

Charles  E.  Adams,  Chairman 

Thomas  G.  Fitzsimons 

Myrta  L.  Jones 

Bascom  Little 

Victor  W.  Sincere 


Arthur  D.  Baldwin,  Secretary 

James  R.  Garfield,  Counsel 

Allen  T.  Burns,  Director 


THE  EDUCATION  SURVEY 
Leonard  P.  Ayres,  Director 


/-*r»CH.  Ck. 


\.OwJ 


CLEVELAND  EDUCATION  SURVEY 

WAGE  EARNING  AND 
EDUCATION 

BY 

R.  R.  LUTZ 


THE  SURVEY  COMMITTEE  OF  THE 

CLEVELAND  FOUNDATION 

CLEVELAND  -  OHIO 


25 


1916 


Copyright,  1916,  by 

the  survey  committee  of  the 
cleveland  foundation 


•  •  •      •  .     t 

••  •  •         »  »  •     »•  i  : 
•  •    •.>  :  \. 

/   ;  *  .;  •*:.-. .   ••• 


WM'F.  FELL  CO*  PRINTERS 
PHILADELPHIA 


FOREWORD 

This  summary  volume,  entitled  "Wage  Earning 
and  Education/'  is  one  of  the  25  sections  of  the 
report  of  the  Education  Survey  of  Cleveland  con- 
ducted by  the  Survey  Committee  of  the  Cleve- 
land Foundation  in  1915  and  1916.  Copies  of 
all  the  publications  may  be  obtained  from  the 
Cleveland  Foundation.  They  may  also  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Division  of  Education  of  the 
Russell  Sage  Foundation,  New  York  City.  A 
complete  list  will  be  found  in  the  back  of  this 
volume,  together  with  prices. 


34601 


*** 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Foreword  5 

List  of  Tables  10 

List  of  Diagrams  12 

CHAPTER 

I.  The  Industrial  Education  Survey  13 

Types  of  occupations  studied  13 

The  Survey  staff  and  methods  of  work  14 

II.  Forecasting  Future  Probabilities  18 

The  popular  concept  of  industrial  education  19 

The  importance  of  relative  numbers  20 

A  constructive  program  must  fit  the  facts  23 

An  actuarial  basis  for  industrial  education  24 

III.  The  Wage  Earners  op  Cleveland  25 

IV.  The  Future  Wage  Earners  of  Cleveland  29 

The  public  schools  29 

Ages  of  pupils  32 

Education  at  the  time  of  leaving  school  34 

V.  Industrial  Training  for  Boys  in  Elementary 

Schools  38 

What  the  boys  in  school  will  do  40 

Organization  and  costs  44 

What  the  elementary  schools  can  do  45 

VI.  The  Junior  High  School  47 

Specialized  training  not  practicable  48 

A  general  industrial  course  49 

Industrial  mathematics  52 

Mechanical  drawing  54 

Industrial  science  55 

Shop  work  56 

Vocational  information  58 


CHAPTER  PAGE 

VII.  Trade  Training  During  the  Last  Years  in 

School  60 

The  technical  high  schools  62 

A  two-year  trade  course  66 

VIII.  Trade-preparatory     and     Trade-extension 

Training  for  Boys  and  Men  at  Work  69 

Continuation  training  from  15  to  18  74 
The  technical  night  schools  76 
A  combined  program  of  continuation  and  trade- 
extension  training  80 

IX.  Vocational  Training  for  Girls  83 

Differentiation  in  the  junior  high  school  86 

Specialized  training  for  the  sewing  trades  88 

Other  occupations  90 

X.  Vocational  Guidance  92 

The  work  of  the  vocational  counselor  92 

The  Girls'  Vocation  Bureau  94 

XI.  Conclusions  and  Recommendations  97 

SUMMARIES  OF  SPECIAL  REPORTS 

XII.  Boys  and  Girls  in  Commercial  Work  101 

A  general  view  ol  commercial  work  106 

Bookkeeping  108 

Stenography  108 

Clerks'  positions  109 

Wages  and  regularity  of  employment  110 

The  problem  of  training  111 

XIII.  Department  Store  Occupations  115 

Department  stores  115 

Neighborhood  stores  116 

Five  and  ten  cent  stores  117 

Wages  118 

Regularity  of  employment  122 

Opportunities  for  advancement  123 

The  problem  of  training  124 

Character  of  the  instruction  129 


CHAPTER  PAGE 

XIV.  The  Garment  Trades  131 

Characteristics  of  the  working  force  132 

Earnings  135 

Regularity  of  employment  139 

Training  and  promotion  140 

Educational  needs  143 

Sewing  courses  in  the  public  schools  145 
Elective  sewing  courses  in  the  junior  high  school     147 

A  one  year  trade  course  for  girls  148 

Trade  extension  training  149 

XV.  Dressmaking  and  Millinery  151 

Dressmaking  151 

Millinery  153 

The  problem  of  training  156 

XJ^Dthe  Metal  Trades  158 

Foundry  and  machine  shop  products  159 

Automobile  manufacturing  169 
Steel  works,  rolling  mills,  and  related  industries     170 

XVII.  The  Building  Trades  173 

Sources  of  labor  supply  173 

Apprenticeship  174 

Union  organization  176 

Earnings  176 

Hours  178 

Regularity  of  employment  179 

Health  conditions  179 

Opportunities  for  advancement  180 

The  problem  of  training  181 

XVIII.  Railroad  and  Street  Transportation  187 

Railroad  transportation  187 

Motor  and  wagon  transportation  192 

Street  railroad  transportation  193 

XIX.  The  Printing  Trades  195 

The  composing  room  198 

The  pressroom  201 

The  bindery  203 

Other  occupations  204 

The  problem  of  training  206 


LIST  OF  TABLES 

TABLE  PAGE 

1.  Occupational  distribution  of  the  working  population 

of  Cleveland  26 

2.  Nativity  of  the  working  population  in  Cleveland  27 

3.  Pupils  enrolled  in  the  different  grades  of  the  public      30 

day  schools  in  June,  1915 

4.  Enrollment  of  high  school  pupils,  second  semester, 

1914-15  31 

5.  Ages  of  pupils  enrolled  in  public  elementary,  high, 

and  normal  schools  in  June,  1915  33 

6.  Educational  equipment  of  the  children  who  drop  out 

of  the  public  schools  each  year,  as  indicated  by  the 
grades  from  which  they  leave  35 

7.  Per  cent  of  total  male  working  population  engaged  in 

specified  occupations,  1900  and  1910  40 

8.  Distribution  of  native  born  men  between  the  ages  of 

21  and  45  in  the  principal  occupational  groups  41 

9.  Distribution  of  third  and  fourth  year  students  in  trade 

courses  in  the  Cleveland  technical  high  schools,  first 
semester,  1915-16  63 

10.  Distribution  by  occupations  of  Cleveland's  technical 

school  graduates  64 

11.  Time  allotment  in  the  apprentice  course  given  by  the 

Warner  and  Swasey  Company,  Cleveland  70 

12.  Course  and  number  enrolled  in  the  technical  night 

schools,  January,  1915  77 

13.  Per  cent  of  total  population  engaged  in  gainful  occu- 

pations during  three  different  age  periods  84 

14.  Number  employed  in  the  principal  wage  earning  occu- 

pations among  each  1,000  women  from  16  to  21 
years  of  age  85 


TABLE  PAGE 

15.  Per  cent  of  women  employees  over  18  years  of  age 

earning  $12  a  week  and  over  120 

16.  Wages  for  full-time  working  week,  women's  clothing, 

Cleveland,  1915  139 

17.  Average  wages  for  full-time  working  week  for  similar 

workers,  in  men's  and  women's  clothing,  Cleveland, 
1915  139 

18.  Proportions  and   estimated  numbers  employed  in 

machine  tool  occupations,  1915  161 

19.  Average,  highest,  and  lowest  earnings,  in  cents  per 

hour,  and  per  cent  employed  on  piece  work  and 
day  work,  1915  162 

20.  Estimated  time  required  to  learn  machine  tool  work     164 

21.  Average  earnings  per  hour  in  pattern  making,  mold- 

ing, core  making,  blacksmithing,  and  boiler  making  166 

22.  Estimated  number  of  men  engaged  in  building  trades, 

1915  174 

23.  Union  regulations  as  to  entering  age  of  apprentice         175 

24.  Union  regulations  as  to  length  of  apprenticeship 

period  175 

25.  Union  scale  of  wages  in  cents  per  hour,  May  1, 1915       177 

26.  Usual  weekly  wages  of  apprentices  in  three  building 

trades  178 

27.  Average  daily  earnings  of  job  and  newspaper  com- 

posing room  workers,  1915  199 

28.  Average  daily  earnings  of  pressroom  workers,  1915       202 

29.  Average  daily  earnings  of  bindery  workers,  1915  203 

30.  Average  daily  earnings  in  photoengraving,  stereo- 

typing, electrotyping,  and  lithographing  occupa- 
tions, 1915  205 


LIST  OF  DIAGRAMS 

DIAGRAM  PAGE 

1.  Boys  and  girls  under  18  years  of  age  in  office  work         103 

2.  Men  and  women  18  years  of  age  and  over  in  clerical 

and  administrative  work  in  offices  104 

3.  Per  cent  of  women  earning  each  class  of  weekly  wages 

in  each  of  six  occupations  1 19 

4.  Per  cent  of  salesmen  and  of  men  clerical  workers  in 

stores,  receiving  each  class  of  weekly  wage  121 

5.  Per  cent  of  male  workers  in  non-clerical  positions  in 

six  industries  earning  $18  per  week  and  over  122 

6.  Per  cent  that  the  average  number  of  women  employed 

during  the  year  is  of  the  highest  number  employed 

in  each  of  six  industries  123 

7.  Distribution  of  8,337  clothing  workers  by  sex  in  the 

principal  occupations  in  the  garment  industry  134 

8.  Percentage  of  women  in  men's  and  women's  clothing 

and  seven  other  important  women  employing  in- 
dustries receiving  under  $8,  $8  to  $12,  and  $12  and 
over  per  week  136 

9.  Percentage  of  men  in  men's  and  women's  clothing  and 

seven  other  manufacturing  industries  receiving 
under  $18,  $18  to  $25,  and  $25  and  over  per  week     138 

10.  Average  number  of  unemployed  among  each   100 

workers,  men's  clothing,  women's  clothing,  and 
fifteen  other  specified  industries  141 

11.  Percentages  of  unemployment  in  each  of  nine  building 

industries  180 

12.  Number  of  men  in  each  100  in  printing  and  five  other 

industries  earning  each  class  of  weekly  wage  196 

13.  Number  of  women  in  each  100  in  printing  and  six 

other  industries  earning  each  class  of  weekly  wage     198 


WAGE  EARNING  AND  EDUCATION 

CHAPTER  I 

THE  INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION  SURVEY 

The  education  survey  of  Cleveland  was  undertaken 
in  April,  1915,  at  the  invitation  of  the  Cleveland 
Board  of  Education  and  the  Survey  Committee  of  the 
Cleveland  Foundation,  and  continued  until  June, 
1916.  As  a  part  of  the  work  detailed  studies  were 
made  of  the  leading  industries  of  the  city  for  the  pur- 
pose of  determining  what  measures  should  be  taken 
by  the  public  school  system  to  prepare  young  people 
for  wage-earning  occupations  and  to  provide  sup- 
plementary trade  instruction  for  those  already  in 
employment.  The  studies  also  dealt  with  all  forms 
of  vocational  education  conducted  at  that  time  under 
public  school  auspices. 


Types  of  Occupations  Studied 

Separate  studies  were  made  of  the  metal  industry, 
building  and  construction,  printing  and  publishing, 
railroad  and  street  transportation,  clothing  manu- 
facture, department  store  work,  and  clerical  occupa- 
tions.   The  wage-earners  in  these  fields  of  employ- 

13 


ment  constitute  nearly  60  per  cent  of  the  total  num- 
ber of  persons  engaged  in  gainful  occupations  and 
include  95  per  cent  of  the  skilled  workmen  in  the 
city.  The  survey  also  gave  considerable  attention 
to  the  various  types  of  semi-skilled  work  found  in  the 
principal  industries. 

Each  separate  study  was  assigned  to  a  particular 
member  of  the  Survey  Staff  who  personally  carried 
on  the  field  investigations  and  later  submitted  a  re- 
port to  the  director  of  the  survey.  Each  report  was 
also  subjected  to  careful  analysis  and  criticism  from 
other  members  of  the  Survey  Staff  before  it  was 
finally  passed  upon  by  the  Survey  Committee. 
Mimeographed  copies  were  sent  to  representatives 
of  the  industry  and  to  the  superintendent  of  schools 
and  members  of  the  school  board  and  their  criti- 
cisms and  suggestions  were  given  careful  considera- 
tion before  the  Committee  and  the  director  of  the 
survey  gave  their  final  approval  to  the  publication 
of  the  report.  The  value  of  the  work  was  greatly  en- 
hanced through  the  ample  discussion  of  the  different 
studies  from  widely  diverse  points  of  view  secured 
in  this  way.  The  industrial  studies  were  carried 
through  under  the  direction  of  the  author  of  this 
summary  volume. 


The  Survey  Staff  and  Methods  of  Work 
The  reports  of  the  studies  relating  to  vocational 
education  were  published  in  a  series  of  eight  separate 
monograph  volumes.   The  names  of  the  reports  and 

14 


the  previous  experience  in  educational  and  investi- 
gational work  of  each  member  of  the  Survey  Staff 
are  as  follows : 

"Boys  and  Girls  in  Commercial  Work" — Bertha 
M.  Stevens;  teacher  in  elementary  and  secondary 
schools;  agent  of  Associated  Charities;  secretary  of 
Consumers '  League  of  Ohio;  director  of  Girls' 
Bureau  of  Cleveland;  author  of  "Women's  Work 
in  Cleveland  " ;  co-author  of  "  Commercial  Work  and 
Training  for  Girls." 

"Department  Store  Occupations" — Iris  P. 
O'Leary;  head  of  manual  training  department, 
First  Pennsylvania  Normal  School;  head  of  voca- 
tional work  for  girls  and  women,  New  Bedford  In- 
dustrial School;  head  of  girls'  department,  Board- 
man  Apprentice  Shops,  New  Haven,  Conn.;  special 
investigator  of  department  stores  for  New  York 
State  Factory  Investigating  Commission;  three 
years'  trade  experience  as  employer  and  employe; 
author  of  books  on  household  arts  and  department 
stores;  Special  Assistant  for  Vocational  Education, 
State  Department  of  Public  Instruction,  New  Jersey. 

"The  Garment  Trades"  and  "Dressmaking  and 
Millinery" — Edna  Bryner;  teacher  in  grades,  high 
school,  and  state  normal  college;  eugenic  research 
worker  New  Jersey  State  Hospital;  statistical  ex- 
pert in  United  States  Bureau  of  Labor  Investigation 
of  women  and  child  labor;  statistical  agent  United 
States  Post  Office  Department;  Special  Agent  Rus- 
sell Sage  Foundation. 

"  The  Building  Trades,"  and  "  The  Printing  Trades  " 
— Frank  L.  Shaw;  teacher  in  grades  and  high  school; 
principal  of  high  school;  assistant  superintendent  of 
schools;    superintendent  of  schools;    special  agent 

15 


United  States  Immigration  Commission;  special 
agent  United  States  Census;  industrial  secretary 
North  American  Civic  League  for  Immigrants; 
author  of  reports  on  immigration  legislation. 

"The  Metal  Trades" — R.  R.  Lutz;  teacher  in  rural 
and  graded  schools;  superintendent  of  schools; 
secretary  of  Department  of  Education  of  Porto 
Rico;  took  part  in  school  surveys  of  Greenwich, 
Conn.,  Bridgeport,  Conn.,  Springfield,  111.,  Rich- 
mond, Va.;  Special  Agent  Division  of  Education, 
Russell  Sage  Foundation. 

"Railroad  and  Street  Transportation" — Ralph  D. 
Fleming;  special  agent  and  investigator  for  United 
States  Immigration  Commission,  the  Federal  Census 
of  Manufacturers,  the  United  States  Tariff  Board, 
the  Minimum  Wage  Commission  of  Massachusetts, 
the  National  Civic  Federation,  and  the  United  States 
Commission  on  Industrial  Relations. 

The  work  began  in  April,  1915,  and  ended  in  the 
same  month  of  the  following  year.  Two  members  of 
the  staff,  with  one  stenographer  and  a  clerk,  were 
employed  during  the  entire  period.  One  member  of 
the  staff  was  employed  11  months,  one  nine  months, 
one  approximately  five  months,  and  one  two  months. 

The  field  investigations  consisted  largely  of  visits 
to  industrial  establishments  for  the  purpose  of  secur- 
ing first-hand  information  as  to  industrial  conditions 
and  the  nature  and  educational  content  of  particular 
occupations.  Over  400  visits  of  this  kind  were  made 
by  members  of  the  Survey  Staff.  Many  conferences 
were  held  with  employers  and  employees  with  the 
object  of  securing  their  views  as  to  the  needs  and 
possibilities  of  industrial  training. 

16 


The  task  of  tabulating  and  classifying  the  data 
obtained  by  the  individual  investigators  in  their 
visits  to  the  local  industrial  establishments  involved 
much  time  and  labor.  Although  it  was  not  found 
practicable  to  maintain  complete  uniformity  in  the 
different  inquiries,  the  members  of  the  staff  kept  in 
close  touch  with  each  other,  so  that  with  respect  to 
the  points  of  principal  importance,  the  results  of  their 
investigations  are  comparable.  Practically  every 
recommendation  made  in  the  reports  was  discussed 
in  conferences  with  school  principals  and  with  other 
members  of  the  teaching  force  engaged  in  the  teach- 
ing of  vocational  subjects. 

Throughout  the  survey  the  objective  held  con- 
stantly in  mind  was  the  formulation  of  a  constructive 
program  of  vocational  training  in  the  public  schools. 
In  outlining  the  field  of  inquiry  a  clear  distinction 
was  drawn  between  those  kinds  of  general  education 
which  have  a  more  or  less  indirect  vocational  sig- 
nificance, and  vocational  training  for  specific  occu- 
pations in  which  the  controlling  purpose  is  direct 
preparation  for  wage-earning.  The  studies  were  pur- 
posely limited  to  this  latter  type  of  vocational  train- 
ing. The  survey  did  not  concern  itself  with  manual 
training  conducted  for  general  educational  ends,  with 
the  art  work  of  the  schools,  or  with  courses  in  do- 
mestic science  and  household  arts.  These  subjects 
in  the  curriculum  were  dealt  with  in  different  sec- 
tions of  the  education  survey,  but  were  considered 
as  being  outside  the  legitimate  field  of  the  vocational 

survey. 

2  17 


CHAPTER  II 

FORECASTING  FUTURE  PROBABILITIES 

The  industrial  education  survey  of  Cleveland  differs 
from  other  studies  conducted  elsewhere  in  that  it 
bases  its  educational  program  on  a  careful  study  of 
the  probable  future  occupational  distribution  of  the 
young  people  now  in  school.  It  does  not  claim  to  fore- 
tell the  specific  positions  that  individual  boys  and 
girls  will  hold  when  they  are  adults  but  it  does  claim 
very  definitely  that  our  safest  guide  in  foretelling 
their  future  vocational  distribution  is  to  be  found  in 
the  official  figures  of  the  present  occupational  census 
of  the  city. 

One  of  the  most  familiar  and  time-worn  platitudes 
of  educational  speakers  and  writers  is  that  "The 
children  of  today  are  the  citizens  of  tomorrow.' '  In 
the  field  of  industrial  education  it  is  quite  as  true 
that  the  school  children  of  today  are  the  workers  of 
tomorrow.  Moreover,  since  occupational  distribu- 
tions change  but  slowly  even  in  these  modern  times, 
it  is  unquestionably  true  that  the  boys  and  girls 
now  studying  in  the  public  schools  will  soon  be 
scattered  among  the  different  gainful  occupations  of 
Cleveland's  industrial,  commercial,  and  professional 
life  in  just  about  the  same  proportions  as  their 

18 


fathers  and  mothers  and  brothers  and  sisters  are 
now  distributed. 

The  plan  of  the  survey  in  advocating  types  of 
present  preparation  based  on  studies  of  future  pros- 
pects seems  at  first  sight  so  obvious  a  mode  of  pro- 
cedure as  hardly  to  warrant  extended  explanation. 
This  is  far  from  being  the  case.  The  reader  who  pro- 
poses to  follow  the  working-out  of  the  principle  and 
to  scrutinize  the  evidence  underlying  it  must  be 
prepared  to  scan  many  a  detailed  table  of  statistics 
and  to  arrive  at  most  unforeseen  conclusions. 


The  Popular  Concept  of  Industrial  Education 

For  many  years  past  the  public  has  given  respectful 
attention  to  the  arguments  of  the  champions  of  in- 
dustrial education.  There  has  been  general  assent 
to  the  proposition  that  the  schools  should  train  for 
and  not  away  from  the  industrial  age  in  which  we 
live.  We  have  come  to  think  of  the  carpenter  shop, 
the  machine  shop,  the  forge  shop,  and  the  cooking 
room  as  necessary  and  desirable  adjuncts  of  the 
modern  school  and  to  our  minds  these  shops  have 
typified  industrial  education.  All  of  these  have  come 
to  be  almost  synonymous  with  progressive  thought 
and  action  in  public  education.  Very  generally  it 
has  been  felt  that  the  problems  of  industrial  educa- 
tion were  to  be  solved  through  the  wider  extension 
of  these  shop  facilities  in  our  public  schools. 
When  these  familiar  generalizations  are  submitted 

19 


to  careful  analysis  their  whole  structure  begins  to 
totter.  In  Cleveland  about  3,700  boys  leave  school 
each  year  and  go  to  work.  They  represent  various 
stages  of  advancement  from  the  4th  grade  of  the 
elementary  school  to  the  4th  year  of  the  high  school. 
They  are  scattered  through  more  than  100  school 
buildings.  The  problem  of  industrial  education  is  to 
give  these  boys  with  their  differing  ages,  their  widely 
varied  school  preparation,  and  their  scattered  geo- 
graphical distribution,  the  best  possible  preparation 
for  taking  their  places  in  the  work-a-day  world. 
They  represent  every  grade  of  intelligence,  every 
stratum  of  social  and  economic  life,  and  it  is  ex- 
tremely difficult  to  bring  them  together  for  instruc- 
tional purposes.  They  are  scattered  in  little  groups 
through  more  than  a  thousand  classrooms. 


The  Importance  of  Relative  Numbers 

Now  it  is  possible  to  foretell  with  some  certainty 
what  these  young  people  will  be  doing  a  few  years 
from  now.  Almost  all  of  them  are  of  American  birth 
and  it  is  certain  that  in  a  few  years  they  will  be  en- 
gaged in  doing  just  about  the  same  sorts  of  work  as 
are  now  done  in  the  city  of  Cleveland  by  adults  of 
American  birth.  The  data  of  the  United  States  Cen- 
sus of  Occupations  show  us  that  among  every  100 
American  born  men  in  Cleveland  there  are  eight  who 
are  clerks,  seven  who  are  machinists,  four  who  are 
salesmen,  and  so  on  through  the  list  of  hundreds  of 
occupations.   The  number  of  American  born  men  in 

20 


each  100  engaged  in  each  of  the  10  leading  sorts  of 
occupations  is  approximately  as  follows : 

Clerks 8 

Machinists 7 

Salesmen 4 

'     Laborers  and  porters 4 

Retail  dealers 4 

Draymen,  teamsters,  etc 4 

Bookkeepers 3 

Carpenters 3 

Commercial  travelers 2 

Manufacturers 2 

41 

This  simple  list  at  once  calls  into  question  all  the 
standard  assumptions  about  the  extension  of  in- 
dustrial education  depending  on  greatly  increasing 
the  number  of  carpenter  shops  and  machine  shops  in 
the  public  schools.  The  figures  show  that  among 
each  100  American  born  men  in  Cleveland  only  seven 
are  machinists  and  only  three  are  carpenters,  j  Clearly 
we  should  not  be  justified  in  training  all  the  boys  in 
our  public  schools  to  enter  the  machinist's  trade  or 
the  carpenter's  trade  when  nine  out  of  each  10  will 
in  all  probability  engage  in  entirely  different  sorts 
of  future  work.  The  more  the  figures  of  the  little 
table  given  above  are  studied,  the  clearer  it  appears 
that  our  conventional  ideas  about  industrial  educa- 
tion need  critical  scrutiny  and  careful  challenge. 
These  10  leading  occupations  include  only  41  out  of 
each  100  American  born  men.  Moreover,  more  than 
half  of  these  41  are  engaged  in  mental  work  rather 
than  in  manual  work. 

21 


From  these  considerations  one  definite  conclusion 
inevitably  emerges.  It  is  that  the  safest  guide  for 
thinking  and  planning  for  industrial  education  is  to 
be  found  in  a  study  of  the  occupational  distribution 
of  the  present  adults.  From  the  very  outset  such  a 
study  indicates  that  the  most  difficult  and  important 
problems  which  must  be  met  and  coped  with  are  not 
those  relating  to  methods  of  instruction  but  rather 
those  of  organization  and  administration.  The  future 
carpenters  and  machinists  cannot  be  taught  until  we 
can  get  them  together  in  fair  sized  classes.  They 
represent  the  most  numerous  of  the  industrial  groups 
and  yet  their  numbers  are  relatively  so  few  that  the 
average  Cleveland  school  sends  out  into  the  world 
each  year  only  two  or  three  future  machinists  and 
perhaps  one  future  carpenter. 

The  trouble  with  present  thinking  about  this 
matter  has  been  that  we  have  noted  the  very  large 
numbers  of  machinists  and  carpenters  in  the  popula- 
tion and  have  failed  to  realize  that  while  these  groups 
are  numerous  in  the  aggregate  they  are  after  all 
quite  small  when  relatively  considered  and  compared 
with  the  total  number  of  workers. 

Another  important  fact  that  has  been  almost  in- 
variably overlooked  is  that  many  of  the  present  car- 
penters and  machinists  are  foreigners  by  birth  and 
that  there  is  every  prospect  that  this  same  condition 
will  maintain  in  the  future.  Hence  these  trades  and 
most  other  industrial  occupations  are  not  recruited 
from  our  public  schools  to  anything  like  the  degree 

that  has  been  assumed. 

22 


A  Constructive  Program  Must  Fit  the  Facts 
The  simple  principle  which  underlies  the  method 
employed  by  the  survey  is  the  same  on  which  all 
large  business  undertakings  are  conducted.  The  re- 
sults of  its  application  in  the  field  of  industrial  edu- 
cation are,  however,  fundamentally  different  from 
those  commonly  arrived  at  on  the  assumption  that 
nine-tenths  of  the  rising  generation  will  earn  their 
living  in  industrial  pursuits.  The  fact  is  that  no  such 
proportion  of  the  children  in  school  will  become  in- 
dustrial workers.  All  the  native  born  labor  now  em- 
ployed in  manufacturing  and  mechanical  industries 
constitutes  only  44  per  cent  of  the  total  number  of 
native  born  workers  in  the  city.  Moreover,  nearly 
half  of  the  industrial  workers  are  employed  in  un- 
skilled and  semi-skilled  occupations  for  which  no 
training  is  required  beyond  a  few  days'  or  weeks' 
practice  on  the  job.  Such  training  calls  for  a  me- 
chanical equipment  far  more  extensive  than  the  re- 
sources of  the  school  system  can  provide,  and  can  be 
given  by  the  factory  more  effectively  and  much  more 
cheaply  than  by  the  schools. 

In  the  final  analysis,  the  problem  of  industrial 
training  narrows  down  to  the  skilled  industrial 
trades.  Approximately  22  per  cent  of  the  total  num- 
ber of  American  workers  in  the  city  are  employed  in 
skilled  manual  occupations.  This  does  not  mean 
that  a  constructive  program  of  industrial  education 
would  affect  22  per  cent  of  the  present  school  en- 
rollment. All  the  weight  of  educational  opinion  and 
experience  is  on  the  side  of  excluding  the  children 

23 


of  the  lower  and  middle  age  groups  as  too  young  to 
profit  by  any  sort  of  industrial  training,  while  the 
evidence  collected  by  the  survey  goes  to  show  that 
of  the  remainder  less  than  one-fifth  of  the  girls  and 
one-fourth  of  the  boys  are  likely  to  become  skilled 
industrial  workers. 


An  Actuarial  Basis  for  Industrial  Education 

Considerations  like  the  foregoing  have  determined 
the  fundamental  method  of  the  Cleveland  Industrial 
Survey.  Plans  for  the  present  generation  have  been 
formulated  on  the  basis  of  future  prospects  as  fore- 
told by  state  and  federal  census  data.  The  methods 
used  were  characterized  by  a  member  of  the  Cleve- 
land Foundation  Survey  Committee  as  "the  actuarial 
basis  of  vocational  education."  This  is  accurately 
descriptive,  because  the  method  of  forecasting  the 
number  of  men  the  community  will  need  for  each 
wage-earning  occupation  closely  resembles  that  em- 
ployed by  life  insurance  actuaries  in  foretelling  how 
long  men  of  different  ages  are  likely  to  live.  Such 
methods  are  similar  to  those  commonly  used  in  com- 
merce and  industry.  They  deal  with  mass  data 
rather  than  with  individual  figures,  and  with  relative 
values  rather  than  with  absolute  ones. 


24 


CHAPTER  III 

THE  WAGE  EARNERS  OF  CLEVELAND 

In  1910  Cleveland  ranked  sixth  among  the  cities  of 
the  United  States  as  to  number  of  inhabitants,  with 
a  population  of  approximately  561,000.  The  city  is 
growing  rapidly.  From  1900  to  1910  the  increase  in 
the  total  number  of  inhabitants  was  over  46  per  cent. 
The  Census  Bureau  estimate  of  the  population  in 
1914  is  approximately  639,000. 

Of  the  10  largest  cities  in  the  country  only  one — 
Detroit — had  in  1910  a  greater  proportion  of  its 
wage  earners  engaged  in  industrial  employment  than 
Cleveland.  Relatively  Cleveland  has  one  and  one- 
fourth  times  as  many  industrial  workers  as  New 
York,  Chicago,  St.  Louis,  or  Baltimore,  and  one  and 
two-fifths  times  as  many  as  Boston.  On  the  other 
hand  a  smaller  proportion  of  the  adult  workers  of 
the  city  earn  their  living  in  professional,  clerical,  and 
commercial  work,  or  in  domestic  and  personal  ser- 
vice employments  than  in  most  large  cities. 

Table  1  shows  by  large  occupational  groups  the 
distribution  in  1910  of  the  working  population  in 
Cleveland.  The  classification  is  that  adopted  by  the 
federal  census.  More  than  56  per  cent  of  the  male 
workers  of  the  city  and  about  33  per  cent  of  the 

25 


women  workers  were  engaged  in  manufacturing  and 
mechanical  occupations.  The  trade  group  ranks 
next,  about  14  per  cent  of  the  men  and  approximately 
11  per  cent  of  the  women  being  engaged  in  commer- 
cial occupations.  Of  each  100  women  in  employ- 
ment 30  are  servants,  laundresses,  housekeepers,  or 
are  engaged  in  some  other  form  of  personal  service, 
while  only  five  men  of  each  100  earn  their  living  in 
this  kind  of  work.  Railroad  and  street  transporta- 
tion, with  the  telegraph  and  telephone  and  mail 
systems  of  communication,  requires  the  services 
of  11  per  cent  of  the  male  working  population,  but 
uses  very  few  women.  About  seven  per  cent  of  the 
men  and  15  per  cent  of  the  women  are  employed  in 
clerical  work.  A  slightly  larger  ratio  of  women  to 
men  is  found  in  the  professional  occupations,  due 
mainly  to  the  large  number  of  women  in  the  teaching 
profession.  The  whole  professional  group  constitutes 
less  than  five  per  cent  of  the  total  working  popula- 
tion. 


TABLE  1.— OCCUPATIONAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  THE  WORKING 
POPULATION  OF  CLEVELAND,  CENSUS  OF  OCCUPATIONS,  1910 


Occupational  group 

Men 

Women 

Total 

Manufacturing  and  mechanical  industries 

Trade 

Domestic  and  personal  service 

Transportation 

Clerical  occupations 

Professional  service 

Public  service 

Agriculture  and  extraction  of  minerals 

109,644 

27,229 

9,546 

21,530 

14,047 

7,204 

3,461 

1,367 

18,201 

5,942 

16,467 

1,110 

8,100 

4,869 

39 

80 

127,845 
33,171 
26,063 
22,640 
22,147 
12,073 
3,500 
1,447 

Total 

194,078 

54,808 

248,886 

26 


From  the  standpoint  of  vocational  training  one  of  the 
most  striking  facts  about  Cleveland  wage-earners  is 
that  a  large  majority  of  them  are  not  Clevelanders. 
Almost  exactly  half  of  the  men  in  gainful  employ- 
ment were  born  outside  the  United  States  and,  due 
to  the  rapid  growth  of  the  city,  there  has  been  a  con- 
siderable influx  of  workers  from  the  surrounding 
country  in  recent  years,  so  that  a  large  proportion 
even  of  the  American  working  population  was  born, 
brought  up,  and  educated  in  some  other  place.  The 
number  and  per  cent  of  foreign  born,  of  foreign  or 
mixed  parentage  but  born  in  this  country,  and  of 
native  parentage  is  shown  in  Table  2. 

TABLE    2.— NATIVITY    OF    THE    WORKING    POPULATION    IN 
CLEVELAND.     U.  S.  CENSUS,  1910 


Nativity- 

Men 

Women 

Number 

Per  cent 

Number 

Per  cent 

Foreign  born 

Foreign  or  mixed  parentage 

Native  parentage 

96,291 
55,074 
42,713 

50 

28 
22 

16,673 
24,275 
13,860 

31 
44 
25 

Total 

194,078 

100 

54,808 

100 

More  than  three-fourths  are  foreign  or  of  foreign  or 
mixed  parentage.  The  proportion  of  those  born  in 
this  country  of  American  parentage  is  approximately 
the  same  for  both  sexes,  but  the  number  of  women 
workers  of  mixed  parentage  is  relatively  much  larger 
than  among  the  men.  Roughly,  of  each  10  men  em- 
ployed in  gainful  occupations,  five,  and  of  each  10 
working  women,  three,  were  born  abroad. 

27 


The  large  proportion  of  foreigners  in  the  trades  has 
an  important  bearing  on  the  problem  of  vocational 
training.  Some  of  the  skilled  occupations  are  mo- 
nopolized by  foreign  labor  to  such  an  extent  that  they 
offer  a  very  limited  field  of  employment  for  native 
workmen.  Cabinet  making,  tailoring,  molding,  black- 
smithing,  baking,  and  shoe  making,  are  examples. 
Some  of  these  trades  have  practically  ceased  to  re- 
cruit from  American  labor.  This  condition  has  to  be 
constantly  borne  in  mind  in  planning  training  courses 
to  prepare  boys  for  the  skilled  trades,  because  of  the 
marked  disparity  which  often  exists  between  the 
size  of  a  trade  and  the  field  of  opportunity  it  presents 
for  boys  of  native  birth. 


28 


CHAPTER  IV 

THE  FUTURE  WAGE-EARNERS  OF 
CLEVELAND 

In  1915  there  were  in  Cleveland  approximately  50,000 
boys  between  the  ages  of  six  and  15,  and  56,000  girls 
between  the  ages  of  six  and  16,  the  age  period  dur- 
ing which  school  attendance  is  required  by  law. 
Of  these  106,000  children  approximately  37,000  boys 
and  38,000  girls  were  enrolled  in  the  public  schools. 
Exact  data  as  to  those  attending  private  and  paro- 
chial schools  are  not  available.  The  total  enrollment 
in  such  schools  has  been  variously  estimated  as  be- 
tween 25,000  and  30,000. 


The  Public  Schools 

The  public  school  system  in  1915  enrolled  approxi- 
mately 82,000  children  of  all  ages,  of  whom  about 
half  were  boys  and  half  girls.  They  are  taught  in  98 
elementary  schools  and  10  high  schools.  The  ele- 
mentary course  comprises  eight  grades.  At  the  be- 
ginning of  the  school  year  1915-16  two  junior  high 
schools  were  opened  for  pupils  of  the  seventh  and 
eighth  grades.  It  is  to  be  expected  that  this  plan 
will  soon  be  extended  throughout  the  city,  so  that  the 

29 


enrollment  in  elementary  schools  will  be  made  up 
of  pupils  of  the  first  six  grades  only.  The  distribu- 
tion by  grade  is  given  in  Table  3.  The  kindergarten 
grades  and  the  special  ungraded  classes  are  omitted. 


TABLE  3.— PUPILS  ENROLLED  IN  THE  DIFFERENT  GRADES  OF 
THE  PUBLIC  DAY  SCHOOLS  IN  JUNE,   1915 


Grade 

Pupils 

1 

13,108 

2 

10,857 

3 

10,562 

4 

9,323 

5 

8,902 

6 

7,259 

7 

6,429 

8 

4,903 

I 

3,122 

II 

2,100 

III 

1,534 

IV 

1,399 

About  77  per  cent  of  the  children  are  enrolled  in  the 
grades  below  the  seventh,  about  13  per  cent  in  the 
seventh  and  eighth  grades,  a  little  over  six  per  cent 
in  the  first  two  years  of  the  high  school,  and  less  than 
three  and  one-half  per  cent  in  the  third  and  fourth. 

There  are  eight  academic  high  schools,  two  techni- 
cal high  schools,  and  two  commercial  high  schools. 
The  technical  high  schools  are  steadily  growing  in 
favor.  The  registration  of  boys  in  these  schools  in- 
creased about  33  per  cent  from  1913  to  1915,  and  of 
girls  about  77  per  cent.  During  the  same  period  the 
registration  of  boys  in  the  academic  high  schools 
decreased  slightly,  while  the  increase  of  girl  students 
was  only  eight  per  cent;    in  the  commercial  high 

30 


schools  the  number  of  girl  students  increased  20  per 
cent,  while  the  enrollment  of  boys  fell  off  more  than 
10  per  cent.  The  enrollment  by  individual  schools 
is  shown  in  Table  4. 


TABLE  4.— ENROLLMENT  OF  HIGH  SCHOOL  PUPILS,  SECOND 

SEMESTER,   1914-15 


Schools 

Enrollment 

Boys 

Girls 

Total 

Academic  high  schools 
Central 
East 
Glenville 
West 
Lincoln 
South 

804 
607 
405 
246 
277 
213 

711 
688 
611 
377 
329 
238 

1,515 

1,295 

1,016 

623 

606 

451 

Total 

2,552 

2,954 

5,506 

Technical  high  schools 
East  Technical 
West  Technical 

1,161 
515 

548 
242 

1,709 
757 

Total 

1,676 

790 

2,466 

Commercial  high  schools 
West  Commercial 
East  Commercial 

249 
49 

528 
96 

777 
145 

Total 

298 

624 

922 

All  high  schools 

4,526 

4,368 

8,894 

About  three-eighths  of  the  high  school  pupils  of  the 
city  are  in  the  technical  and  commercial  schools.  Of 
the  boys  56  per  cent  are  enrolled  in  the  academic 
high  schools,  37  per  cent  in  the  technical  schools,  and 

31 


seven  per  cent  in  the  commercial  schools.  Of  the 
girls  68  per  cent  attend  the  academic  high  schools, 
18  per  cent  the  technical  schools,  and  14  per  cent 
the  commercial  schools.  In  the  commercial  high 
school  approximately  two-thirds  of  the  enrollment  is 
made  up  of  girls.  In  the  technical  high  schools  the 
opposite  condition  prevails,  the  girls  constituting 
less  than  one-third  of  the  total  enrollment,  while  in 
the  academic  high  schools  the  girls  outnumber  the 
boys  by  nearly  one-sixth. 


Ages  of  Pupils 

The  distribution  as  to  ages  is  shown  in  Table  5.  The 
largest  group  is  made  up  of  children  seven  years  old. 
Between  14  and  15  over  30  per  cent  leave  school.  The 
loss  from  16  to  17  is  approximately  43  per  cent,  from 
17  to  18  about  44  per  cent,  and  from  18  to  19  nearly 
62  per  cent. 

The  compulsory  attendance  law  requires  boys  to 
attend  school  until  they  are  15  and  girls  until  they 
are  16.  That  the  law  is  not  adequately  enforced  is 
demonstrated  by  the  heavy  loss  between  the  ages  of 
14  and  15,  and  the  fact  that  the  loss  between  15  and 
16  is  approximately  the  same  for  both  boys  and  girls, 
although  girls  are  required  to  attend  one  year  longer 
than  boys.  Additional  evidence  as  to  the  laxity  in 
the  enforcement  of  the  compulsory  law  is  found  in 
the  results  of  an  inquiry  conducted  by  the  Con- 
sumers,  League  of  Cleveland  in  the  spring  of  1916,  in 
cooperation  with  the  survey. 

32 


TABLE  5.— AGES  OF  PUPILS  ENROLLED  IN  PUBLIC  ELEMEN- 
MENTARY,  HIGH,  AND  NORMAL  SCHOOLS  IN  JUNE,  1915 


Age 

Boys 

Girls 

Total 

6 

4,255 

4,180 

8,435 

7 

5,012 

4,815 

9,827 

8 

4,496 

4,407 

8,903 

9 

4,268 

4,103 

8,371 

10 

4,093 

3,951 

8,044 

11 

3,747 

3,593 

7,340 

12 

3,700 

3,646 

7,346 

13 

3,676 

3,631 

7,307 

14 

3,445 

3,271 

6,716 

15 

2,358 

2,291 

4,649 

16 

1,190 

1,163 

2,353 

17 

672 

680 

1,352 

18 

403 

358 

761 

19 

135 

156 

291 

20 

41 

52 

93 

Over  20 

•• 

22 

22 

Total 

41,491 

40,319 

81,810 

An  attempt  was  made  to  follow  up  the  cases  of  all 
the  children  who  had  left  one  public  elementary 
school  during  the  period  of  one  year  preceding  the 
study.  The  work  was  done  by  the  case  method  and 
the  homes  of  the  children  were  visited.  The  total 
number  of  cases  studied  was  117,  of  whom  89  were 
girls.  It  was  found  that  one-third  of  these  children 
had  graduated  and  gone  on  to  high  school.  Another 
third  had  gone  to  work,  and  of  these,  40  per  cent  had 
done  so  without  graduating.  The  children  con- 
stituting the  remaining  third  were  staying  at  home, 
and  among  these  a  majority  had  dropped  out  with- 
out graduating. 

Of  the  eighth  grade  graduates  one-half  were  found 
3  33 


to  be  illegally  employed,  as  they  were  less  than  16 
years  of  age.  Among  those  who  dropped  out  and 
went  to  work  before  completing  the  course  80  per 
cent  were  illegally  employed. 

The  fact  that  many  girls  drop  out  without  gradu- 
ating and  before  the  end  of  the  legal  attendance 
period  and  remain  at  home  indicates  that  most  of 
them  do  not  leave  on  account  of  financial  necessity. 
This  conclusion  is  substantiated  by  the  testimony  of 
the  girls  and  their  parents,  many  of  whom  say  that 
the  girls  left  simply  because  they  grew  tired  of  at- 
tending and  did  not  see  the  value  of  remaining. 

These  facts  point  to  the  necessity  for  much  more 
effective  work  in  enforcing  the  compulsory  atten- 
dance laws,  for  far  better  inspection  of  shops  and 
factories  to  detect  violations  of  the  child  labor  laws, 
and  above  all  to  such  a  reform  of  the  schooling  op- 
portunities provided  for  older  girls  as  will  make  them 
and  their  parents  see  the  value  of  securing  the  ad- 
vantages of  the  training  provided. 


Education  at  the  Time  of  Leaving  School 

About  3,700  boys  and  an  approximately  equal  num- 
ber of  girls  drop  out  of  the  public  schools  each  year. 
Most  of  the  boys  and  a  considerable  number  of  the 
girls  enter  wage-earning  at  once.  Their  educational 
equipment  at  the  time  of  leaving  school  is  indicated 
in  Table  6. 

34 


TABLE   6.— EDUCATIONAL   EQUIPMENT   OF   THE   CHILDREN 

WHO  DROP  OUT  OF  THE  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS  EACH  YEAR,  AS 

INDICATED  BY  THE  GRADES  FROM  WHICH  THEY  LEAVE 


Grade 

Number  leaving 

4 

70 

5 

440 

6 

960 

7 

1260 

8 

1630 

I 

890 

II 

590 

III 

150 

IV 

1410 

Total 

7400 

Slightly  less  than  one-fifth  finish  the  high  school 
course.  Nearly  three-fifths  drop  out  before  entering 
the  high  school,  and  approximately  three-eighths 
before  reaching  the  eighth  grade. 

Under  the  present  compulsory  attendance  law 
a  boy  who  enters  school  at  the  age  of  six  and  after- 
wards advances  at  the  rate  of  one  grade  per  year 
until  the  end  of  the  compulsory  attendance  period 
should  cover  nine  grades — eight  in  the  elementary 
school  and  one  in  high  school — by  the  time  he  is  15 
years  old.  In  actual  fact,  however,  only  about  two- 
fifths  get  any  high  school  training.  Nearly  all  of  the 
rest  take  the  eight  to  nine  years'  attendance  required 
by  law  to  complete  eight,  seven,  six,  or  even  a  smaller 
number  of  grades. 

It  is  from  this  body  of  pupils  that  most  of  the  wage- 

35 


earners  are  recruited.  In  the  course  of  the  survey- 
several  investigations  were  made  for  the  purpose  of 
finding  out  what  educational  preparation  workers 
in  various  industries  had  received.  One  of  the  most 
extensive  of  these  was  conducted  in  connection  with 
the  study  of  the  printing  industry.  Educationally 
the  printing  trades  rank  higher  than  most  other 
factory  occupations,  yet  the  average  journeyman 
printer  possesses  less  than  a  complete  elementary 
education.  Composing-room  employees,  such  as 
compositors,  linotypers,  stonemen,  proof-readers, 
etc.,  undoubtedly  stand  at  the  head  of  the  skilled 
trades  as  to  educational  training,  but  it  was  found 
that  only  eight  per  cent  were  high  school  graduates. 
Six  per  cent  had  left  school  before  reaching  the 
seventh  grade,  and  16  per  cent  before  reaching  the 
eighth  grade.  The  other  departments  of  the  printing 
industry  made  a  much  less  favorable  showing. 

An  investigation  conducted  by  the  Survey  in  the 
spring  of  1915,  covering  5,000  young  people  at 
work  under  21  years  of  age,  indicated  that  only 
about  13  per  cent  of  these  young  workers  had  re- 
ceived any  high  school  training  and  that  less  than 
four  per  cent  had  completed  a  high  school  course. 
Over  one-fifth  reported  the  sixth  grade  as  the  last 
completed  before  leaving  school,  and  nearly  half  had 
dropped  out  before  completing  the  elementary  course. 
Less  than  seven  per  cent  of  the  boys  engaged  in  in- 
dustrial pursuits  had  received  any  high  school  train- 
ing and  only  42  per  cent  had  got  beyond  the  seventh 
grade.   The  educational  preparation  of  the  boys  en- 

36 


gaged  in  commercial  and  clerical  occupations  was 
somewhat  better,  nearly  22  per  cent  having  attended 
high  school  one  year  or  more;  about  one-half  had 
left  school  after  completing  the  eighth  grade  and 
nearly  one-third  had  not  completed  the  elementary 
course. 

These  facts  have  a  vital  relation  to  the  problem  of 
vocational  training.  If  the  great  majority  of  the 
children  who  will  later  enter  wage-earning  occupa- 
tions do  not  remain  in  school  beyond  the  end  of 
the  compulsory  attendance  period,  and  in  addition 
over  half  fail  to  complete  even  the  elementary  course, 
vocational  training,  to  reach  them  at  all,  must  begin 
not  later  than  the  seventh  grade,  and  if  possible, 
before  the  pupils  reach  the  age  of  14. 


37 


CHAPTER  V 

INDUSTRIAL  TRAINING  FOR  BOYS  IN 
ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS 

In  Chapter  III  the  distribution  of  the  wage-earners 
of  the  city  was  outlined,  mainly  for  the  purpose  of 
establishing  a  basis  on  which  to  make  a  forecast  of 
the  future  occupations  of  the  children  in  the  public 
schools.  Such  a  forecast  is  essential  as  the  pre- 
liminary step  in  any  plan  of  vocational  training  to  be 
carried  out  during  the  school  period,  for  the  reason 
that  without  it  a  clear  understanding  of  the  principal 
factors  of  the  problem  is  impossible.  The  kinds  of 
vocational  training  needed  by  children  in  school, 
and  how  and  where  such  training  should  be  given, 
must  always  depend  in  the  first  instance  on  what 
they  are  going  to  do  when  they  grow  up. 

The  average  elementary  school  in  Cleveland  en- 
rolls between  350  and  400  boys.  When  they  leave 
school  these  boys  will  scatter  into  many  different 
kinds  of  work.  With  respect  to  the  future  vocations 
of  the  pupils,  the  average  school  represents  in  a  sense 
a  cross  section  of  the  occupational  activities  of  the 
city.  It  contains  a  certain  number  of  recruits  for 
each  of  the  principal  types  of  wage-earning  pursuits. 
A  few  of  the  boys  will  later  enter  professional  life; 

38 


many  will  take  up  some  sort  of  clerical  work;  a 
still  larger  number  will  be  employed  in  commercial 
occupations;  and  the  largest  group  of  all  will  become 
wage-earners  in  manufacturing  and  mechanical 
pursuits. 

The  future  occupation  cannot  be  foretold  accu- 
rately with  respect  to  any  particular  boy,  but  we  do 
know  that,  whatever  their  individual  tastes  and 
abilities,  the  boys  must  finally  engage  in  activities 
similar  to  those  in  which  the  adult  born  native  male 
population  is  engaged,  and  in  approximately  the 
same  proportions.  We  do  not  know,  for  example, 
whether  Johnny  Jones  will  become  a  doctor  or  a  car- 
penter, but  we  do  know  that  of  each  1,000  boys  in 
the  public  schools  about  seven  will  become  doctors 
and  about  25  will  become  carpenters,  because  for 
many  years  about  those  proportions  of  the  boys  of 
native  birth  in  Cleveland  have  become  doctors  and 
carpenters. 

One  of  the  most  impressive  facts  which  comes  to 
light  in  the  study  of  occupational  statistics  is  the 
constancy  in  these  proportions.  The  business  of 
any  community  requires  certain  kinds  of  work  to  be 
performed  and  the  relative  amount  of  work  required 
and  consequently  the  relative  number  of  workers 
vary  but  slightly  over  a  long  period  of  time.  This 
principle  is  illustrated  in  a  striking  way  by  the  list 
of  occupations  selected  at  random  presented  in 
Table  7,  showing  the  number  of  persons  engaged  in 
the  occupations  specified  among  each  100  male 
workers  at  two  successive  census  years. 

39 


TABLE    7.— PER    CENT    OF    TOTAL    MALE  WORKING    POPU- 
LATION ENGAGED   IN   SPECIFIED   OCCUPATIONS,    1900  AND 

1910 


Per  cent  of  total  working  pop- 

nlnt.irm 

Occupation 

1900 

1910 

Machinists 

4.7 

5.8 

Saloon  keepers 

1.1 

.7 

Tailors 

2.1 

1.7 

Commercial  travelers 

.8 

1.1 

Lawyers 

.5 

.4 

Barbers 

.8 

.7 

Bakers 

.6 

.5 

Physicians 

.6 

.5 

Carpenters 

3.4 

3.3 

Cabinet  makers 

.5 

.4 

Plumbers 

.9 

.9 

Stenographers  and  typists 

.3 

.3 

With  the  exception  of  plumbers  and  stenographers 
there  was  either  an  increase  or  a  decrease  from  1900 
to  1910  in  the  relative  number  employed  in  each  of 
these  occupations.  In  only  one  occupation,  however, 
that  of  machinist,  did  the  change  amount  to  as  much 
as  one  per  cent.  In  all  the  others  the  shift  during 
the  decade  was  less  than  one-half  of  one  per  cent, 
and  in  more  than  three-fifths  of  them  it  did  not  ex- 
ceed one-tenth  of  one  per  cent  of  the  total  number  of 
male  workers. 


What  the  Boys  in  School  Will  Do 

The  figures  in  this  table,  presented  for  illustrative 
purposes,  do  not  accurately  represent  the  propor- 
tions of  boys  now  attending  the  public  schools  who 
are  likely  to  enter  the  occupations  named,  because 

40 


they  do  not  take  into  account  the  fact  that  a  con- 
siderable number  of  the  workers  in  Cleveland  came 
to  this  country  after  they  reached  adult  manhood 
and  that  a  disproportionate  number  of  these  foreign 
born  workers  enter  the  industrial  occupations.  For 
this  reason  the  total  adult  working  population  is  not 
strictly  comparable  with  the  school  enrollment, 
which  is  approximately  nine-tenths  native  born. 
When  the  boys  in  the  public  schools  grow  up  they 
will  be  distributed  among  the  different  trades,  pro- 
fessions, and  industries  in  about  the  same  propor- 
tions as  are  the  American  born  men  in  the  city  at  the 
present  time.  This  distribution  is  shown  for  the 
different  occupational  groups  in  Table  8. 


TABLE  8.— DISTRIBUTION  OF  NATIVE  BORN  MEN  BETWEEN 
THE  AGES  OF  21  AND  45  IN  THE  PRINCIPAL  OCCUPATIONAL 

GROUPS 

Approximate 
Occupational  group  per  cent 

Manufacturing  and  mechanical  occupations 44 

Commercial  occupations 20 

Clerical  occupations 16 

Transportation  occupations 11 

Domestic  and  personal  service  occupations 5 

Professional  occupations 3 

Public  service  occupations 1 

Total 100 

The  figures  in  the  column  at  the  right  of  the  table 
represent  the  number  of  native  born  men  between 
the  ages  of  21  and  45  among  each  hundred  native 
born  male  inhabitants  engaged  in  the  occupations 
comprehended  in  the  various  groups.  In  the  case  of 
the  industrial  group  the  figure  is  too  high,  as  the 

41 


census  data  relative  to  the  distribution  of  foreign 
and  native  born  include  all  ages,  and  there  is  a  smaller 
proportion  of  American  born  adult  men  employed 
in  industry  than  is  found  in  the  lower  age  groups. 
Extensive  computations  have  shown,  however,  that 
the  inaccuracies  due  to  this  cause  are  not  serious 
enough  to  affect  the  use  of  the  figures  for  our  purpose. 
Let  us  now  consider  what  these  proportions  mean 
in  establishing  vocational  courses  to  prepare  boys  for 
wage-earning  pursuits.  The  future  expectations  of 
the  boys  in  a  large  elementary  school  enrolling  say 
1,000  pupils  of  both  sexes  would  be  about  as  follows: 

Number  of  boys  who  will  enter 

Manufacturing  and  mechanical  occupations 220 

Commercial  occupations 100 

Clerical  occupations 80 

Transportation  occupations 55 

Domestic  and  personal  service  occupations 25 

Professional  occupations 15 

Public  service  occupations 5 

Total 500 

This  distribution  includes  all  pupils,  from  the  be- 
ginners in  the  first  grade  to  the  older  boys  in  the 
seventh  and  eighth  grades.  It  is  certain,  however, 
that  differentiated  instruction  for  vocational  purposes 
is  not  possible  or  advisable  for  the  younger  children. 
According  to  the  commonly  accepted  view  among 
educators,  vocational  training  should  not  be  under- 
taken before  the  age  of  12  years,  and  many  believe 
that  this  is  too  early.  In  an  elementary  school  of 
1,000  pupils  there  would  be  about  80  boys  12  years 

42 


old  and  over.  Applying  to  this  number  the  ratios 
given  in  the  previous  table  we  obtain  the  following: 

Number  of  boys  who  will  enter 

Manufacturing  and  mechanical  occupations 35 

Commercial  occupations 16 

Clerical  occupations 13 

Transportation  occupations 9 

Domestic  and  personal  service  occupations 4 

Professional  occupations 2 

Public  service  occupations 1 

Total 80 

The  industrial  group  includes  all  of  the  skilled  trades 
and  most  of  the  semi-skilled  and  unskilled  manual 
occupations.  The  skilled  trades  are  usually  grouped 
in  four  main  classifications:  metal  trades,  building 
trades,  printing  trades,  and  "other"  trades,  these 
last  comprising  a  number  of  small  trades  in  each  of 
which  relatively  few  men  are  employed.  With  respect 
to  their  future  occupations  the  35  boys  in  the  in- 
dustrial group  are  likely  to  be  distributed  about  as 
follows: 

Number  of  boys  who  will  enter 

Metal  trades 8 

Building  trades 7 

Printing  trades 1 

Other  trades 2 

Semi-skilled  and  unskilled  industrial  occupations . .  17 

35 

The  analysis  can  be  carried  still  further,  for  these 
trade  groups  are  by  no  means  homogeneous.  The 
building  trades,  for  example,  include  over  20  dis- 
tinct trades,  a  number  of  which  have  little  in  com- 

43 


mon  with  the  others  as  to  methods  of  work  and 
technical  content. 


Organization  and  Costs 

At  this  point  it  becomes  necessary  to  take  cognizance 
of  certain  administrative  factors  which  have  a 
marked  bearing  on  the  problem.  They  relate  to  the 
organization  of  classes  in  elementary  schools  and 
the  cost  of  teaching.  In  a  school  of  1,000  pupils  there 
would  be  at  least  five  separate  classes  for  the  seventh 
and  eighth  grades.  The  35  boys  who  need  industrial 
training  are  not  all  found  in  a  single  class,  but  are 
distributed  more  or  less  evenly  throughout  the  five 
classrooms,  that  is,  there  are  approximately  seven  in 
each  class.  A  differentiated  course  under  these  con- 
ditions is  difficult  if  not  impossible.  In  a  few  of  the 
Cleveland  elementary  schools  the  departmental 
system  of  teaching  is  in  use.  Under  this  plan  some- 
thing might  be  done,  were  it  not  that  the  total  num- 
ber of  pupils  requiring  instruction  relating  specifically 
to  the  industrial  trades  is  too  small  to  justify  the 
expense  necessary  for  equipment,  material,  and  spe- 
cial instruction  required  for  such  training.  This  is 
true  as  regards  even  an  industrial  course  of  the  most 
general  kind,  while  provision  for  particular  trades  is 
entirely  out  of  the  question.  The  machinist's  trade 
employs  more  men  than  any  other  occupation  in  the 
city,  yet  the  number  of  seventh  and  eighth  grade 
boys  in  the  average  elementary  school  who  will  prob- 
ably become  machinists  does  not  exceed  five  or  six. 

44 


Not  over  two  boys  are  likely  to  enter  employment 
in  the  printing  industry.  The  smaller  trades,  such  as 
pattern  making,  cabinet  making,  molding,  and  black- 
smithing  are  represented  by  not  more  than  one  boy 
each. 

A  possible  alternative  is  the  plan  now  followed  in 
the  teaching  of  manual  training  whereby  the  boys 
of  the  upper  grades  in  various  elementary  schools 
are  sent  to  one  centrally  located  for  a  short  period  of 
instruction  each  week.  The  principal  objection  to 
this  plan  is  that  the  amount  of  time  now  given  is  in- 
sufficient to  accomplish  much  in  an  industrial  course, 
nor  can  it  be  materially  increased  without  seriously 
interfering  with  the  work  in  other  subjects. 

The  first  condition  for  successful  industrial  train- 
ing is  the  concentration  of  a  large  number  of  pupils 
old  enough  to  benefit  by  such  training  in  a  single 
school  plant.  Only  in  this  way  is  it  possible  to  bring 
the  cost  of  teaching,  equipment,  and  material  within 
reasonable  limits  and  provide  facilities  for  differen- 
tiating the  work  on  the  basis  of  the  vocational  needs 
of  the  pupils.  The  fact  that  this  condition  cannot  be 
met  in  elementary  schools  is  one  of  the  strongest 
arguments  in  favor  of  conducting  the  seventh  and 
eighth  grade  work  under  the  junior  high  school  form 
of  organization. 


What  the  Elementary  Schools  Can  Do 

The  most  important  contribution  to  vocational  edu- 
cation the  elementary  school  can  make  consists  in 

45 


getting  the  children  through  the  lower  grades  fast 
enough  so  that  they  will  reach  the  junior  high  school 
by  the  time  they  are  13  years  old,  in  order  that  before 
the  end  of  the  compulsory  attendance  period  they 
may  spend  at  least  two  years  in  a  school  where  some 
kind  of  industrial  training  is  possible.  That  this  is 
not  being  done  at  the  present  time  the  data  presented 
in  Chapter  IV  amply  demonstrate.  In  recent  years 
there  has  been  a  tendency  to  regard  vocational  train- 
ing as  a  remedy  for  retardation.  The  fact  is  that  the 
cure  of  retardation  is  not  a  subsequent  but  a  pre- 
liminary condition  to  successful  training  for  wage- 
earning.  Vocational  training  is  not  a  means  for  the 
prevention  of  retardation,  but  retardation  is  a  most 
effective  means  for  the  prevention  of  vocational 
training. 


46 


CHAPTER  VI 

THE  JUNIOR  HIGH  SCHOOL 

In  1915  the  Board  of  Education  authorized  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  system  of  junior  high  schools  in  the 
city,  and  at  the  beginning  of  the  school  year  of  1915- 
16  the  new  plan  was  inaugurated  in  two  schools. 
The  Empire  Junior  High  School,  situated  in  the 
eastern  part  of  the  city,  had  an  enrollment  of  about 
700  children  made  up  of  seventh  and  eighth  grade 
pupils  formerly  accommodated  in  the  elementary 
schools  of  that  section.  The  Detroit  Junior  High 
School  on  the  west  side  had  an  enrollment  of  about 
400  pupils.  No  decision  has  yet  been  reached  as  to 
whether  the  course  shall  include  only  two  years7 
work,  or  three  years,  as  in  other  cities  of  the  country 
where  the  junior  high  school  plan  has  been  adopted. 
A  comparison  of  the  course  with  that  for  cor- 
responding grades  of  the  elementary  schools  shows 
some  marked  differences.  Less  time  is  devoted  to 
English  in  the  junior  high  school  and  considerably 
more  to  arithmetic,  geography,  and  history.  Me- 
chanical drawing,  not  taught  in  the  elementary 
schools  except  incidentally  in  the  manual  training 
classes,  is  given  an  hour  each  week.  All  boys  receive 
one  hour  of  manual  training  a  week  against  slightly 

47 


less  than  one  and  one-half  hours  in  the  seventh  and 
eighth  elementary  grades,  but  they  may  elect  an 
additional  two  and  one-half  hours  a  week  in  this  sub- 
ject, together  with  applied  arithmetic  during  the 
first  year,  or  with  bookkeeping  during  the  second. 
Girls  may  elect  an  additional  two  and  one-half  hours 
a  week  of  domestic  science,  with  bookkeeping.  The 
manual  training  for  boys  comprises  woodwork  and 
bookbinding. 


Specialized  Training  not  Practicable 

In  the  junior  high  school,  as  in  the  elementary  school, 
the  greatest  difficulty  in  the  way  of  trade  training 
for  specific  occupations  lies  in  the  small  number  of 
pupils  who  can  be  expected,  within  the  bounds  of 
reasonable  probability,  to  enter  a  single  trade.  Hand 
and  machine  composition,  the  largest  of  the  printing 
trades,  will  serve  as  an  example.  In  a  junior  high 
school  of  1,000  pupils,  boys  and  girls,  the  number  of 
boys  who  are  likely  to  become  compositors  is  about 
five.  But  to  teach  this  trade  printing  equipment 
occupying  considerable  space  is  necessary,  together 
with  a  teacher  who  has  had  some  experience  or  train- 
ing as  a  printer.  The  expense  per  pupil  for  equip- 
ment, for  the  space  it  occupies,  and  for  instruction 
renders  special  training  for  such  small  classes  im- 
practicable. All  of  the  skilled  occupations,  with  the 
exception  perhaps  of  the  machinist's  trade,  are  in 
the  same  case.  An  attempt  to  form  separate  classes 
for  each  of  the  eight  largest  trades  in  the  city  would 

48 


result  in  two  classes  of  not  over  five  pupils,  three 
classes  of  not  over  10  pupils,  and  only  one  of  over  13 
pupils.  The  following  table  shows  the  number  of 
boys,  in  a  school  of  this  size,  who  are  likely  to  enter 
each  of  these  trades. 

Number  of  boys  who  will  probably  become: 

Machinists 36 

Carpenters 13 

Steam  engineers 11 

Painters 10 

Electricians 9 

Plumbers 7 

Compositors 5 

Molders 5 


A  General  Industrial  Course 

The  members  of  the  Survey  Staff  were,  however,  of 
the  opinion  that  through  the  system  of  electives  in 
the  junior  high  school,  industrial  training  of  a  more 
general  type,  made  up  chiefly  of  instruction  in  the 
applications  of  mathematics,  drawing,  physics,  and 
chemistry  to  the  commoner  industrial  processes, 
would  be  of  considerable  benefit  to  those  boys  who, 
on  the  basis  of  their  own  selection  or  that  of  their 
parents,  are  likely  to  enter  industrial  pursuits.  A 
course  of  this  kind  is  outlined  in  following  sections 
of  this  chapter. 

The  objections  which  may  be  brought  against  this 
plan  are  frankly  recognized.  It  takes  into  account 
only  the  interests  of  the  industrial  group,  comprising 
less  than  one-half  of  the  boys  in  the  school.  Unques- 
tionably it  would  tend  to  vitalize  the  teaching  of 
4  49 


mathematics,  drawing,  and  science  for  the  boys  who 
enroll  in  the  industrial  course,  but  it  leaves  unsolved 
the  question  of  method  and  content  of  instruction 
in  these  subjects  for  the  boys  in  the  non-industrial 
or  so-called  academic  course.  Very  possibly  future 
experience  may  demonstrate  that  the  plan  recom- 
mended for  the  general  industrial  course  affords  the 
best  medium  for  teaching  science  and  mathematics 
at  this  period  to  all  pupils,  in  which  case  a  differen- 
tiated course  would  be  unnecessary. 

The  organization  of  vocational  training  in  junior 
high  school  grades  presents  many  difficulties  which 
cannot  be  solved  by  a  more  or  less  abstract  study  of 
educational  and  industrial  needs.  Experimentation 
on  an  extensive  scale,  covering  a  considerable  period 
of  time,  is  necessary  before  definite  conclusions  can 
be  drawn  as  to  the  limitations  and  possibilities  of 
such  work.  It  is  with  a  full  appreciation  of  this  fact 
that  the  following  suggestive  outline  is  presented. 

The  purpose  of  the  general  industrial  course  is  to 
afford  to  boys  who  wish  to  enter  industrial  occupa- 
tions the  opportunity  to  secure  knowledge  and  train- 
ing that  will  be  of  direct  or  indirect  value  to  them  in 
industrial  employment.  It  is  not  expected  that  by 
this  means  they  can  be  given  much  practical  train- 
ing in  hand  work  for  any  particular  trade.  The  most 
the  school  can  do  for  the  boy  at  this  period  is  to 
bridge  over  for  him  the  gap  that  exists  between  the 
knowledge  he  obtains  from  books  and  the  r61e  which 
this  knowledge  plays  in  the  working  world.  It  must 
not  be  assumed  that  the  transition  can  be  effected 

50 


merely  by  the  introduction  of  shop  work,  even  if  it 
were  possible  to  provide  the  wide  variety  of  manual 
training  necessary  to  make  up  a  fair  representation 
of  the  principal  occupations  into  which  the  boys  will 
enter  when  they  leave  school.  It  is  doubtful  whether, 
so  far  as  its  vocational  value  is  concerned,  shop  work 
isolated  from  other  subjects  of  the  curriculum  is 
worth  any  more  per  unit  of  time  devoted  to  it  than 
several  of  the  so-called  academic  subjects.  This  is 
particularly  true  of  the  two  most  common  types  of 
manual  training — cabinet  making  and  forge  work. 
Both  represent  dying  trades.  During  the  decade 
1900-1910  the  increase  in  the  number  of  cabinet 
makers  in  Cleveland  fell  far  below  the  general  in- 
crease in  population.  The  blacksmiths  made  a  still 
poorer  showing.  Both  trades  are  recruited  mainly 
from  abroad  and  the  relative  number  of  Americans 
employed  in  them  is  steadily  declining. 

In  the  opinion  of  the  Survey  Staff  a  general  in- 
dustrial course  should  cover  instruction  in  at  least 
the  following  five  subjects:  Industrial  mathematics, 
mechanical  drawing,  industrial  science,  shop  work, 
and  the  study  of  economic  and  working  conditions 
in  wage  earning  pursuits.  These  may  be  offered  as 
independent  electives  or  they  may  be  required  of  all 
pupils  who  elect  the  industrial  course.  The  details 
of  organization  must,  of  course,  be  worked  out  by 
trial  and  experiment.  They  will  probably  vary  in 
different  schools  and  from  year  to  year. 


51 


Industrial  Mathematics 
Of  the  hundreds  of  employers  who  were  interviewed 
by  members  of  the  Survey  Staff  as  to  the  technical 
equipment  needed  by  beginners  in  the  various  trades, 
nearly  all  emphasized  the  ability  to  apply  the  princi- 
ples of  simple  arithmetic  quickly,  correctly,  and  ac- 
curately to  industrial  problems.  Many  employers 
criticized  the  present  methods  of  teaching  this  sub- 
ject in  the  public  schools.  In  the  main  their  criti- 
cisms were  to  the  effect  that  the  teaching  was  not 
"practical."  "The  boys  I  get  may  know  arith- 
metic," said  one,  "but  they  haven't  any  mathematical 
sense."  Another  cited  his  experience  with  an  ap- 
prentice who  was  told  to  cut  a  bar  eight  and  one-half 
feet  long  into  five  pieces  of  equal  length.  He  was  not 
told  the  length  of  the  bar,  but  was  given  the  direct 
order:  "Cut  that  bar  into  five  pieces  all  of  the  same 
size."  The  boy  was  unable  to  lay  out  the  work,  al- 
though when  asked  by  the  foreman,  "Don't  you 
know  how  to  divide  83^  by  5?",  he  performed  the 
arithmetical  operation  without  difficulty.  The  em- 
ployer gave  this  instance  as  an  illustration  of  what 
to  his  mind  constituted  one  of  the  principal  defects 
of  public  school  teaching.  "Mere  knowledge  of 
mathematical  principles  and  the  ability  to  solve  ab- 
stract problems  is  not  enough,"  he  said.  "What  the 
boys  get  in  the  schools  is  mathematical  skill,  but 
what  they  need  in  their  work  is  mathematical  in- 
telligence. The  first  does  not  necessarily  imply  the 
second." 

This  mathematical  intelligence  can  be  developed 

52 


only  through  practice  in  the  solution  of  practical 
problems,  that  is,  problems  which  are  stated  in  the 
every  day  terms  of  the  working  world  and  which  re- 
quire the  student  to  go  through  the  successive  mental 
steps  in  the  same  way  that  he  would  if  he  were  work- 
ing in  a  shop.  The  problem  referred  to  above  is  one 
of  division  of  fractions.  If  we  state  it  thus :  "83^-^5," 
the  pupil  takes  pencil  and  paper,  performs  the 
operation  and  announces  the  result.  If  we  say,  "A 
bar  83^  feet  long  is  to  be  cut  into  five  pieces  of  equal 
length;  how  long  should  each  piece  be?",  the  prob- 
lem calls  for  the  exercise  of  greater  intelligence,  as 
the  pupil  must  determine  which  process  to  use  in 
order  to  obtain  the  correct  result.  It  becomes  still 
more  difficult  if  we  merely  show  him  the  bar  and 
say:  "This  bar  must  be  cut  into  five  pieces  of  equal 
length;  how  long  will  each  piece  be?"  Several  ad- 
ditional preliminary  steps  are  required,  none  of 
which  was  involved  in  the  problem  in  its  original 
form.  Before  the  length  of  the  pieces  can  be  com- 
puted he  must  find  out  the  length  of  the  bar.  He 
must  know  what  to  measure  it  with,  and  in  what 
terms,  whether  feet  or  inches,  the  problem  should  be 
stated.  Again,  if  we  say:  "Lay  this  bar  out  to  be  cut 
in  five  equal  lengths,"  another  step — the  measure- 
ment and  marking  for  each  cut — is  added.  Many 
variations  might  be  introduced,  each  involving  ad- 
ditional opportunities  for  the  exercise  of  thought. 

It  is  through  practice  in  solving  problems  of  this 
kind  that  the  pupil  acquires  what  the  employer  called 
mathematical  intelligence.   It  consists  in  the  ability 

53 


to  note  what  elements  are  involved  in  the  problems 
and  to  decide  which  process  of  arithmetic  should  be 
used  in  dealing  with  them.  Once  these  decisions  are 
made  the  succeeding  arithmetical  calculations  are 
simple  and  easy.  In  technical  terms  the  ability  that 
is  needed  is  the  ability  to  generalize  one's  experiences. 
In  every-day  terms  it  is  the  ability  to  use  what  one 
knows. 

The  work  in  applied  mathematics  should  cover  a 
wide  range  of  problems  worded  in  the  language  of 
the  trades  and  constantly  varied  in  order  to  estab- 
lish as  many  points  of  contact  as  possible  between 
the  pupil's  knowledge  of  mathematics  and  the  use 
of  mathematics  in  industrial  life.  Practical  shop 
work  is  one  of  the  best  means  to  this  end.  The  trouble 
with  much  of  the  shop  work  given  in  the  schools  is 
that  it  runs  to  hand  craftmanship  in  which  the  object 
is  to  "make  something"  by  methods  long  ago  dis- 
carded in  the  industrial  world,  rather  than  to  give 
the  pupil  exercise  in  the  sort  of  thinking  he  will  need 
to  do  after  he  goes  to  work.  Successful  teaching  does 
not  depend  so  much  on  the  use  of  tools  and  materials 
as  on  the  teacher's  knowledge  of  the  conditions  sur- 
rounding industrial  work  and  his  ability  to  originate 
methods  for  vitalizing  the  instruction  in  its  relation 
to  industrial  needs. 


Mechanical  Drawing 
At  the  present  time  the  junior  high  school  course 
provides  for  one  hour  a  week  of  mechanical  drawing. 

54 


All  the  boys  who  may  be  expected  to  elect  the  in- 
dustrial course  can  well  afford  to  devote  more  time 
to  drawing.  For  such  boys  no  other  subject  in  the 
curriculum,  except  perhaps  applied  mathematics,  is 
of  greater  importance.  In  many  of  the  trades  the 
ability  to  work  from  drawings  is  indispensable  and 
the  man  who  does  not  possess  it  is  not  likely  to  rise 
above  purely  routine  work. 

In  a  drawing  course  for  future  industrial  workers 
the  emphasis  should  be  placed  on  giving  the  pupil  an 
understanding  of  the  uses  of  drawing  for  industrial 
purposes,  rather  than  on  fine  workmanship  in  making 
drawings.  Seventh  grade  boys  can't  be  made  into 
draftsmen  in  three  years  and  if  they  leave  school  at 
15  they  are  not  likely  to  become  draftsmen.  The 
ordinary  skilled  workman  seldom  has  any  need  to 
make  drawings  or  designs,  beyond  an  occasional 
rough  sketch,  but  he  often  has  to  work  from  draw- 
ings. To  put  it  in  another  way,  drawing  to  the 
average  workman  is  like  an  additional  language  of 
which  he  needs  a  reading  but  not  a  writing  knowl- 
edge. No  doubt  it  would  be  well  to  teach  him  to 
write  and  read  with  equal  skill,  but  in  the  two  or 
three  years  most  of  these  boys  will  remain  in  school 
there  is  not  time  enough  to  do  both. 


Industrial  Science 

In  many  of  the  trades  an  introductory  knowledge  of 
physics  and  chemistry  is  of  considerable  advantage. 
Boys  in  the  junior  high  school  cannot  be  expected 

55 


to  take  formal  courses  in  these  subjects,  but  they 
should  not  leave  school  without  some  acquaintance 
with  them  and  a  knowledge  of  their  relations  to  in- 
dustrial processes.  A  fair  equipment  should  be  pro- 
vided for  demonstrational  and  illustrative  purposes. 
The  subject  matter  should  be  correlated  as  closely 
as  possible  with  the  shop  work,  and  the  principal 
mechanical  and  chemical  laws  explained  as  the  shop 
problems  furnish  examples  of  their  application. 

In  addition  the  boys  should  be  taught  the  common 
technical  terms  used  in  trade  hand  books.  The  man 
who  expects  to  advance  in  his  trade  will  have  to  keep 
on  learning  after  he  leaves  school.  There  are  many 
avenues  of  information  open  to  him,  and  the  school 
can  perform  no  more  valuable  service  than  to  point 
the  way  to  the  sources  of  knowledge  represented  by 
reference  books,  trade  journals,  and  other  technical 
literature.  Some  of  the  popular  magazines,  such  as 
"The  Scientific  American/ '  "The  Illustrated  World," 
and  "Popular  Mechanics"  can  be  used  most 
effectively  to  bring  home  to  the  pupils  the  close  con- 
nection existing  between  the  class  work  and  the  out- 
side world  of  science  and  invention. 


Shop  Work 

It  is  difficult  to  determine  the  exact  function  of  the 
manual  training  shop  work  in  cabinet  making  and 
bookbinding  which  figures  in  the  curriculum  at 
present.  That  the  work  was  not  planned  with  voca- 
tional training  in  mind  seems  clear  from  the  action 

56 


of  the  school  board  in  adding  bookbinding  to  the 
course  about  the  middle  of  the  year.  The  bookbind- 
ing trade  is  one  of  the  smallest  in  the  city,  and  there 
is  little  probability  that  more  than  one  boy  among 
the  total  number  enrolled  in  both  junior  high  schools 
will  enter  it  after  leaving  school. 

Fully  three-fourths  of  the  industrial  group  will 
later  be  employed  in  occupations  where  most  of  the 
work  is  done  with  machines  or  machine  tools.  Even 
in  the  hand  tool  trades,  such  as  carpentry,  sheet 
metal  work,  cabinet  making,  and  blacksmithing,  the 
use  of  machines  is  constantly  increasing.  It  would 
seem,  therefore,  that  some  acquaintance  with  dif- 
ferent types  of  machines  would  be  of  considerable 
value  to  the  pupils  who  may  later  enter  industrial 
employment.  The  number  of  boys  who  are  likely  to 
become  machinists  is  large  enough  to  warrant  the 
installation  of  a  small  machine  shop.  Repairing, 
assembling,  and  taking  apart  machines  should  occupy 
an  important  place  in  the  shop  course.  Most  boys 
are  intensely  interested  in  getting  at  the  "insides" 
of  a  machine,  and  the  processes  of  assembling,  with 
their  attendant  problems  of  adjustment  and  co- 
ordination of  mechanical  movements,  afford  oppor- 
tunities for  the  best  kind  of  practical  instruction. 
One  of  the  great  advantages  of  this  type  of  shop  work 
lies  in  the  fact  that  it  consumes  little  or  no  material 
and  is  therefore  inexpensive;  another  is  that  a  fairly 
extensive  equipment  can  be  easily  obtained,  as  any 
machine,  old  or  new,  will  serve  the  purpose  and  may 
be  used  over  and  over  again. 

57 


The  extent  and  variety  of  shop  equipment  will 
depend  largely  on  the  resources  of  the  school  system. 
The  more  the  better,  so  long  as  the  money  is  ex- 
pended on  the  principle  of  the  greatest  good  to  the 
greatest  number,  which  means  that  the  kinds  of  tools 
and  equipment  used  in  the  large  trades  should  be 
preferred  to  those  used  only  in  the  smaller  trades. 

In  order  that  the  time  devoted  to  chop'work  may 
yield  its  greatest  results,  it  is  nebessary  that  every 
lesson  center  around  knowledge  and  ability  that  will 
be  of  real  subsequent  use  to  the  pupils.  It  must  not 
run  to  "art"  and  it  must  not  be  mere  tinkering. 
Its  principal  value  as  vocational  training,  in  the  last 
analysis,  lies  in  its  use  as  an  objective  medium  for  the 
teaching  of  industrial  mathematics  and  science. 


Vocational  Information 

During  the  second  and  third  years  all  the  boys  who 
elect  the  industrial  course  or  who  expect  to  leave 
school  at  the  end  of  the  compulsory  attendance 
period  should  be  required  to  devote  some  time  each 
week  to  the  study  of  economic  and  working  condi- 
tions in  wage  earning  industrial  and  commercial 
occupations.  A  clear  understanding  of  the  compara- 
tive advantages  of  different  kinds  of  employment  is 
of  the  highest  importance  at  this  period  of  the  boy's 
life.  It  seems  to  be  generally  assumed  that  an  ade- 
quate basis  of  knowledge  for  the  selection  of  an  in- 
dustrial vocation  is  an  acquaintance  with  materials 
and  processes.     Such  knowledge  is  valuable,  but 

58 


making  a  living  is  mainly  an  economic  problem. 
What  an  occupation  means  in  terms  of  income  is 
more  significant  than  what  it  means  in  terms  of  ma- 
terials. The  most  important  facts  about  the  cabinet 
making  trade,  for  example,  are  that  it  offers  very  few 
opportunities  for  employment  to  public  school  boys, 
and  that  it  is  one  of  the  lowest  paid  skilled  trades. 
The  primary  considerations  in  the  intelligent  selec- 
tion of  a  vocation  relate  to  wages,  steadiness  of  em- 
ployment, health  risks,  opportunities  for  advance- 
ment, apprenticeship  conditions,  union  regulations, 
and  the  number  of  chances  there  are  for  getting  into 
it.  These  things  are  fundamental,  and  any  one  of 
them  may  well  take  precedence  over  the  matter  of 
whether  the  tastes  of  the  future  wage-earner  run  to 
wood,  brick,  stone,  or  steel. 


59 


CHAPTER  VII 

TRADE  TRAINING  DURING  THE  LAST 
YEARS  IN  SCHOOL 

Between  the  end  of  the  compulsory  attendance 
period  and  the  entering  age  in  most  of  the  trades 
there  exists  a  gap  of  from  one  to  two  years  which  is 
not  adequately  covered  by  any  of  the  present  edu- 
cational agencies  of  the  school  system. 

Two  years  ago  the  Ohio  State  legislature  extended 
the  compulsory  attendance  period  from  14  to  15  for 
boys  and  from  14  to  16  for  girls.  The  result  has  been 
to  force  into  the  first  years  of  the  high  school  course 
a  considerable  number  of  pupils  who  have  no  inten- 
tion of  taking  the  complete  four  year  course,  and  who 
will  leave  as  soon  as  they  reach  the  end  of  the  com* 
pulsory  period.  That  these  pupils  are  probably  not 
getting  all  that  they  might  out  of  the  time  they  at- 
tend high  school  is  no  argument  against  the  present 
compulsory  attendance  age  limit,  which  should  be 
raised  rather  than  lowered. 

The  study  of  industrial  conditions  conducted  dur- 
ing the  survey  left  every  member  of  the  Survey  Staff 
firmly  convinced  that  the  industries  of  Cleveland 
have  little  or  nothing  worth  while  to  offer  to  boys 

60 


under  16.  Very  few  of  the  skilled  trades  will  accept 
an  apprentice  below  this  age.  The  general  opinion 
among  manufacturers  was  unfavorable  to  the  em- 
ployment of  boys  under  16.  "They  are  more  of  a 
nuisance  than  a  help,"  said  one;  "they  are  not  old 
enough  to  understand  the  responsibilities  of  work." 
"They  break  more  machinery  and  spoil  more  ma- 
terial than  they  are  worth,"  said  another.  In  several 
of  the  building  trades  apprentices  must  be  17  years 
old,  as  the  law  forbids  boys  under  this  age  to  work  on 
scaffoldings.  The  new  workmen's  compensation  law 
exerts  a  strong  influence  in  favor  of  a  higher  working 
age  limit,  owing  to  the  greater  risk  of  accident  among 
young  workers. 

The  fact  is  that  the  law  is  still  about  one  year  be- 
hind the  requirements  of  industrial  life.  If  a  vote 
were  taken  among  employers  who  can  offer  boys  the 
opportunity  to  learn  a  trade  it  would  be  found  that  a 
large  majority  favor  raising  the  working  age  to  16. 
Employment  before  this  time  usually  leads  nowhere, 
and  the  pittance  the  boy  earns  cannot  be  compared 
with  the  economic  advantage  he  could  derive  from 
an  additional  year  in  a  good  vocational  school.  The 
average  boy  who  leaves  school  at  15  spends  a  year  or 
two  loafing  or  working  at  odd  jobs  before  he  can  ob- 
tain employment  that  offers  any  promise  of  future 
advancement.  These  years  are  often  more  than 
wasted,  as  he  not  only  learns  nothing  of  value  from 
such  casual  jobs,  but  misses  the  healthy  discipline  of 
steady,  orderly  work,  which  is  of  so  great  importance 
during  these  formative  years  of  his  life. 

61 


The  Technical  High  Schools 
The  two  technical  high  schools,  the  East  Technical 
and  West  Technical,  occupy  an  important  place 
among  the  secondary  schools  of  the  city.  At  the 
present  time  the  two  schools  enroll  nearly  two-fifths 
of  the  boys  attending  high  school.  The  course  com- 
prises four  years'  work.  In  the  East  Technical 
the  shop  work  includes  joinery  and  wood-turning 
during  the  first  year,  and  pattern  making  and  foun- 
dry work  during  the  second  year.  In  the  West  Tech- 
nical the  first  year  course  includes  pattern  making 
and  either  forging  or  sheet  metal  work;  and  that  of 
the  second  year,  forging,  pipe-fitting,  brazing,  rivet- 
ing, and  cabinet  making.  During  the  remaining  two 
years  of  the  course  the  student  may  elect  a  particular 
trade,  devoting  about  10  hours  a  week  to  practice  in 
the  shop  during  the  last  half  of  the  third  year,  and 
from  11  to  15  hours  during  the  fourth  year. 

The  proportion  of  pupils  who  graduate  is  small  and 
the  mortality  during  the  first  two  years  is  very  heavy. 
This  is  due  in  part  to  the  fact  that  the  type  of  pupil 
who  leaves  school  early  is  more  likely  to  elect  a 
technical  course  than  an  academic  course.  About  25 
per  cent  of  each  entering  class  drops  out  after  at- 
tending one  year,  and  25  per  cent  of  the  remainder 
by  the  end  of  the  second  year.  By  the  time  the  third 
year  is  reached  the  classes  are  greatly  depleted  and 
the  survivors  as  a  rule  are  of  the  more  intelligent  and 
prosperous  type.  Only  a  small  proportion  of  them 
expect  to  enter  skilled  manual  occupations.  Table  9 
shows  the  distribution  of  the  third  and  fourth  year 

62 


students  among  the  different  trade  courses  during 
the  first  semester  of  1915-16. 


TABLE  9.— DISTRIBUTION  OF  THIRD  AND  FOURTH  YEAR  STU- 
DENTS IN  TRADE  COURSES  IN  THE  CLEVELAND  TECHNICAL 
HIGH  SCHOOLS,  FIRST  SEMESTER,  1915-16 

Trade  courses  Students 

Electrical  construction 68 

Machine  work 52 

Printing 28 

Cabinet  making 22 

Pattern  making 12 

Foundry  work 1 

Total 183 


That  relatively  few  of  these  students  will  ultimately 
become  journeymen  workmen  is  shown  by  the  rec- 
ords of  the  boys  graduated  in  the  past.  The  principal 
of  the  East  Technical  High  School  recently  sent  a 
questionnaire  to  all  the  students  graduated  up  to 
1915,  asking  for  information  as  to  their  present  oc- 
cupations and  their  earnings  during  the  first  four 
years  after  graduation.  Of  those  who  replied,  over 
60  per  cent  either  were  attending  college,  or  employed 
as  draftsmen  or  chemists.  About  28  per  cent  were 
employed  in  the  skilled  trades.  The  distribution  in 
detail  is  shown  in  Table  10. 

The  data  furnished  by  graduates  as  to  their  earn- 
ings during  successive  years  after  leaving  school  supply 
still  more  convincing  evidence  to  the  effect  that  the 
technical  school  graduate  seldom  remains  in  manual 
work  more  than  two  or  three  years.  The  complete 
course  gives  them  an  equipment  of  practical  and 
theoretical  knowledge  that  speedily  takes  them  out 

63 


of  the  handwork  class.  The  technical  high  schools 
are  primarily  training  schools  for  future  civil,  electri- 
cal, and  mechanical  engineers.  To  the  student  who 
cannot  afford  a  college  course  they  offer  excellent 
preparation  for  rapid  advancement  to  supervisory 
and  executive  industrial  positions,  and  for  drafting 
and  office  work  in  manufacturing  plants. 


TABLE  10.— DISTRIBUTION  BY  OCCUPATION  OF  CLEVELAND 
TECHNICAL  HIGH  SCHOOL  GRADUATES 

Occupation  Number 

Attending  college Ill 

Draftsmen 51 

Electricians 33 

Machinists 32 

Chemists 8 

Pattern  makers 7 

Cabinet  makers 6 

Printers 3 

Foundrymen 1 

Unclassified 32 

Total 284 


The  output  of  the'  schools  falls  into  two  main  divi- 
sions: those  who  leave  at  the  end  of  the  second  year 
or  earlier,  and  those  who  graduate.  The  records  show 
that  most  of  the  pupils  who  reach  the  third  year  com- 
plete the  course,  but  nearly  half  drop  out  during  the 
first  and  second  years.  The  benefit  they  obtain  from 
these  two  years'  attendance  is  problematical.  The 
course  was  designed  on  the  basis  of  four  years'  at- 
tendance, and  the  work  of  the  first  two  years  is  to  a 
considerable  degree  a  preparation  for  that  of  the 

last  two. 

64 


The  principals  of  both  schools  are  fully  alive  to  the 
disadvantages  of  the  course  for  the  large  number  of 
pupils  who  drop  out  within  a  year  or  two,  and  admit 
that  such  students  would  derive  greater  benefit  from 
more  practical  instruction  aimed  directly  toward 
preparation  for  the  industrial  trades.  Both  believe 
that  the  only  practicable  solution  is  a  two-year  trade 
course  in  a  separate  school,  covering  a  much  wider 
range  of  shop  activities  than  the  present  high  school 
course. 

To  the  only  alternative — the  institution  of  a  short 
course  within  the  technical  schools  to  be  conducted 
either  as  a  part  of  or  simultaneously  with  the  four 
year  course — they  present  objections  of  considerable 
weight.  They  point  out  that  a  preparatory  course  for 
the  trades  and  a  preparatory  course  with  college  as 
the  goal  differ  not  only  in  length  but  in  kind.  The 
work  in  mathematics  for  the  future  civil  engineer, 
for  example,  must  conform  to  college  entrance  stand- 
ards and  involves  an  amount  of  study  that  is  quite 
unnecessary  for  the  boy  whose  aim  is  to  become  a 
carpenter  or  machinist.  The  first  needs  a  thorough 
course  in  algebra,  geometry,  and  trigonometry;  the 
second  needs  industrial  arithmetic,  with  only  such 
applications  of  higher  mathematics  as  may  be  of  use 
to  him  in  his  trade.  The  same  principle  holds  with 
respect  to  other  subjects. 

What  boys  who  expect  to  enter  industrial  occupa- 
tions most  need  at  this  period  is  instruction  that  will 
be  of  practical  value  to  them  for  future  wage  earn- 
ing. It  is  doubtful  whether  high  school  courses  which 
5  65 


have  been  formulated  in  the  first  instance  to  prepare 
pupils  for  a  college  course  can  furnish  such  instruc- 
tion and  it  is  still  more  doubtful  whether  the  trade 
training  required  by  the  future  mechanic  and  the 
broader  preparation  required  for  the  professions  can 
be  given  effectively  in  the  same  school. 


A  Two- Year  Trade  Course 

It  is  the  opinion  of  the  Survey  Staff  that  a  separate 
school  in  which  direct  training  for  the  industrial 
trades  is  emphasized  would  result  in  more  profitable 
use  of  the  pupils'  time  and  probably  induce  many  of 
them  to  remain  in  school  up  to  the  apprentice  enter- 
ing age.  Such  a  school,  with  a  curriculum  embracing 
vocational  training  for  all  the  principal  trades,  would 
easily  command  an  enrollment  sufficient  to  justify 
the  installation  of  a  good  shop  equipment  and  the 
employment  of  a  corps  of  teachers  qualified  by  special 
training  and  experience  for  this  kind  of  work.  Even 
if  only  one-half  the  number  who  enter  the  skilled 
trades  each  year  attended  the  school,  the  enrollment 
would  reach  at  least  800  boys. 

A  trade  school  of  this  kind  would  relieve  the  first 
and  second  year  classes  of  many  pupils  that  the 
technical  high  schools  do  not  want  and  cannot  ade- 
quately provide  for.  The  minimum  entering  age 
should  be  not  less  than  14,  and  no  requirement  other 
than  age  should  be  imposed.  This  would  draw  part 
of  the  over-age  pupils  from  the  grades  and  take  from 
the  junior  high  school  a  certain  number  of  boys  who 

66 


could  profit  by  the  greater  amount  of  time  given  to 
shop  work  in  the  trade  school. 

A  good  many  will  stay  only  one  year,  and  every 
effort  should  be  made  at  the  time  of  entrance  to  learn 
the  intentions  of  the  pupil.  If  it  seems  fairly  certain 
that  he  will  not  remain  longer  than  a  year  he  may 
well  omit  such  studies  as  have  no  direct  bearing  on 
the  trade  he  wishes  to  learn.  The  courses  should  fol- 
low the  lines  laid  down  in  the  general  industrial 
course  recommended  for  the  junior  high  school,  but 
with  a  greater  proportion  of  the  time  devoted  to 
practical  shopwork.  As  the  number  of  pupils  for 
each  trade  class  would  be  relatively  large,  a  closer 
correlation  could  be  effected  between  the  academic 
subjects  and  the  work  in  the  shops  than  is  possible  in 
the  junior  high  school. 

Both  general  and  special  courses  should  be  pro- 
vided. Many  of  the  pupils  will  wish  to  specialize  on  a 
particular  trade.  Others  who  have  not  yet  reached  a 
decision  need  a  general  course  that  will  give  them  a 
wide  range  of  experience  with  materials  and  proc- 
esses. The  organization  of  classes  should  be  planned 
so  as  to  permit  transfers,  whenever  desirable,  from 
the  general  to  the  special  courses,  or  vice-versa. 

By  the  time  the  pupil  has  reached  the  second  year 
he  usually  will  settle  down  to  steady  work  on  the 
trade  he  selects,  although  here  again  the  organiza- 
tion should  be  sufficiently  elastic  to  allow  transfers 
when  there  seems  to  be  good  reason  for  making  them. 
It  is  to  be  expected,  however,  that  nearly  all  the 
pupils  will  devote  their  time  during  the  second  year 

67 


to  practice  and  study  limited  to  single  trades.  The 
success  of  the  school  in  holding  boys  to  the  age  of  16 
or  17  will  depend  on  its  ability  to  convince  them  that 
the  extra  time  in  school  is  a  paying  investment,  and 
this  cannot  be  done  unless  they  stick  to  one  line  of 
work. 


68 


CHAPTER  VIII 

TRADE-PREPARATORY  AND  TRADE-EX- 
TENSION TRAINING  FOR  BOYS  AND 
MEN  AT  WORK 

Several  forms  of  trade-preparatory  and  trade-ex- 
tension training  for  apprentices  and  journeymen 
workmen  are  carried  on  in  the  city.  Probably  the 
most  effective  work  done  in  the  teaching  of  boys 
after  they  have  entered  employment  is  found  in 
manufacturing  establishments  which  maintain  ap- 
prentice schools  in  connection  with  their  shops. 
There  are  two  excellent  examples  of  this  type  of  in- 
struction in  Cleveland — the  apprentice  schools  con- 
ducted by  the  New  York  Central  Railroad  and  by 
the  Warner  and  Swasey  Company,  manufacturers 
of  astronomical  instruments  and  machine  tools. 

The  Warner  and  Swasey  Company  school  was 
established  in  1911.  The  course  covers  a  total  of  560 
hours,  extending  over  a  period  of  four  years.  The 
apprentices  attend  the  school  four  hours  a  week  for 
35  weeks  each  year.  The  time  allotment  for  the  vari- 
ous subjects  included  in  the  course  is  shown  in  Table 
11. 

In  1915  there  were  65  apprentices  enrolled  in  the 

school,  most  of  them  from  the  machinist's  trade. 

69 


The  sessions  are  held  during  working  hours  in  a  room 
in  the  factory  fitted  up  with  drawing  tables  and 
blackboards.  No  shop  equipment  is  used.  The  pur- 
pose of  the  course  is  to  develop  a  body  of  trained 
workmen  competent  to  take  positions  in  the  factory 
as  foremen  or  heads  of  departments.  Less  than  one- 
tenth  of  the  total  time  of  the  course  is  devoted  to  the 
study  of  shop  practice.  Standard  textbooks  are  used 
in  the  teaching  of  mathematics. 

TABLE  11.— TIME  ALLOTMENT  IN  THE  APPRENTICE  COURSE 
GIVEN  BY  THE  WARNER  AND  SWASEY  COMPANY,  CLEVELAND 

Subject  Hours 

Arithmetic 35 

English 65 

Mechanical  drawing 70 

Shop  practice 40 

Algebra 70 

Geometry 40 

Trigonometry 30 

Physics 70 

Materials 35 

Industrial  history 35 

Mechanics,  strength  of  materials,  and  mechanical 

design 70 

Total 560 

The  enrollment  in  the  school  conducted  by  the 
New  York  Central  Railroad  is  about  140  boys,  nearly 
all  of  whom  are  machinists,  apprentices.  They  are 
divided  into  three  classes,  the  members  of  each  class 
attending  the  school  four  hours  a  week.  About  two- 
thirds  of  the  time  is  devoted  to  mechanical  drawing 
and  one-third  to  mathematics  and  shop  practice. 
The  instruction  in  these  two  latter  subjects  is  based 
on  a  series  of  graded  mimeographed  or  blue  print 

70 


lesson  sheets,  containing  a  wide  variety  of  shop  prob- 
lems, with  a  condensed  and  simplified  explanation  of 
the  mathematical  principles  involved.  In  the  main 
the  work  is  limited  to  the  application  of  simple  arith- 
metic to  problems  of  shop  practice.  No  textbooks 
are  used,  but  the  booklets  on  machine  shop  prac- 
tice published  by  the  International  Correspondence 
Schools  are  studied  in  connection  with  the  course. 

In  addition  to  the  required  classroom  work  in 
mechanical  drawing,  each  apprentice  serves  four  or 
five  months  of  his  term  in  the  regular  drafting  rooms 
of  the  company.  The  classroom  is  equipped  with 
models  of  railway  appliances  and  machinery,  to- 
gether with  laboratory  apparatus  for  teaching  the 
laws  of  mechanics.  No  machine  tools  or  other  shop 
equipment  are  used  in  the  classes.  The  course  covers 
about  700  hours  of  instruction  exclusive  of  the  time 
spent  in  regular  drafting  room  work.  About  20  ap- 
prentices finished  the  course  in  1915. 

Several  of  the  building  and  printing  trades'  labor 
unions  take  an  active  interest  in  the  training  of  ap- 
prentices, and  in  at  least  two  instances  the  unions 
maintain  evening  classes  for  teaching  trade  theory. 
The  Electrical  Workers'  Union,  made  up  principally 
of  inside  wiremen,  conducts  apprentice  classes  taught 
by  journeymen.  The  International  Typographical 
Union  course  for  compositors  and  compositors'  ap- 
prentices is  undoubtedly  the  best  yet  devised  for 
giving  supplementary  training  in  hand  composition. 
It  is  taught  by  journeymen  in  evening  classes,  under 
the  supervision  of  the  central  office  of  the  Typo- 

71 


graphical  Union  Commission,  to  which  all  the  work 
must  be  submitted.  In  February,  1916,  about  100 
students  were  enrolled,  of  whom  approximately  one- 
third  were  apprentices  and  two-thirds  journeymen. 
The  course  consists  of  46  lessons  in  English,  lettering, 
design,  color  harmony,  job  composition,  and  impo- 
sition for  machine  and  hand  folding.  The  classes 
are  held  at  the  headquarters  of  the  union.  As  the 
students'  daily  practice  in  the  shop  provides  plenty 
of  opportunity  for  the  acquisition  of  manual  skill, 
no  apparatus  or  shop  equipment  is  used  in  connec- 
tion with  the  course. 

The  apprentice  school  conducted  by  the  Y.  M.  C. 
A.  represents  another  type  of  apprentice  training. 
The  instruction  is  given  during  the  day.  The  ap- 
prentices are  sent  to  the  school  by  various  firms  in 
the  city  under  an  arrangement  whereby  the  boys 
attend  four  and  one-half  hours  each  week  during 
regular  shop  time.  In  February,  1916,  the  enroll- 
ment consisted  of  46  apprentices,  practically  all 
from  the  metal  trades.  The  employers  pay  the  tui- 
tion fee,  which  amounts  to  $20  a  year.  The  course 
requires  four  years'  work  of  40  weeks  each,  a  total 
of  720  hours.  It  comprises  instruction  in  shop  mathe- 
matics, drawing,  English,  physics,  and  industrial 
hygiene.  No  shop  equipment  is  used.  Fifteen  boys 
were  graduated  from  the  course  this  year. 

The  factory  apprentice  school  of  the  Warner  and 
Swasey  Company  and  New  York  Central  Railroad 
type  possesses  many  advantages  over  any  kind  of 
continuation  instruction  carried  on  outside  of  the 

72 


plants  where  the  boys  are  employed.  A  better  cor- 
relation between  the  class  and  shop  work  is  possible 
together  with  a  more  personal  relation  between 
teacher  and  pupils  than  is  usually  found  when  the 
pupils  are  drawn  from  a  number  of  different  estab- 
lishments. It  must  be  admitted,  however,  that  this 
method  of  training  apprentices  is  not  feasible  except 
in  very  large  plants,  as  in  small  classes  the  teaching 
cost  becomes  prohibitive.  There  is  little  probability 
that  it  will  ever  be  adopted  by  enough  employers  to 
take  care  of  more  than  an  insignificant  proportion  of 
the  boys  who  enter  the  skilled  trades. 

The  results  obtained,  here  and  in  other  cities, 
through  cooperative  schemes,  such  as  the  Y.  M.  C.  A. 
continuation  school,  are  in  the  main  disappointing. 
Their  failure  to  reach  more  than  a  few  of  the  boys 
who  need  trade-extension  training  is  due  partly  to 
the  fact  that  they  operate  under  a  condition  that  is 
fundamentally  unjust.  One  employer  interviewed 
during  the  survey  stated  the  case  very  clearly:  "I 
can  see  no  good  reason  why  I  should  make  pecuniary 
sacrifices  for  the  benefit  of  my  competitors.  Very 
few  of  my  apprentices  remain  until  the  end  of  their 
term,  because  by  the  time  they  have  completed  their 
second  year  other  firms  which  make  no  effort  to  train 
their  quota  of  skilled  workmen  for  the  trade  steal 
them  away  from  me.  Any  plan  for  the  training  of 
apprentices  which  does  not  apportion  the  burden 
among  the  different  establishments  in  direct  pro- 
portion to  the  number  of  men  they  have,  simply 


73 


penalizes  those  public-spirited  employers  who  par- 
ticipate in  it." 


Continuation  Training  from  15  to  18 

The  years  between  15  and  18  are  among  the  most  im- 
portant in  the  life  of  the  young  worker.  If  left  to  his 
own  devices  during  this  period,  he  is  very  likely  to 
lose  much  of  vocational  value  of  his  earlier  educa- 
tion, because  he  does  not  grasp  the  relation  which  the 
knowledge  he  acquired  in  school  bears  to  his  daily 
work.  As  a  result  the  problem  of  supplementary  in- 
struction at  a  later  age,  when  he  wakes  up  to  his 
need  for  it,  becomes  much  more  difficult  than  if  trade- 
extension  training  had  been  taken  up  at  once  when 
he  entered  employment. 

The  vocational  interests  of  young  workers  and 
the  social  interests  of  the  community  are  both  op- 
posed to  the  current  practice  of  "graduating"  boys 
from  the  public  schools  at  the  ages  of  15  or  16  and 
then  losing  sight  of  them.  The  fact  that  the  large 
number  who  go  into  industrial  occupations  will  not 
or  cannot  remain  in  school  beyond  these  ages  does 
not  absolve  the  school  system  from  further  responsi- 
bility for  their  educational  future.  There  should  not 
be  a  complete  severance  between  the  boy  and  the 
school  until  he  has  reached  a  relatively  mature  age. 
In  other  words,  the  school  system  should  maintain, 
as  long  as  possible,  such  a  relation  with  him  as  will 
help  to  round  out  his  education  and  lead  him  to  con- 
tinue it  after  reaching  manhood. 

74 


It  is  the  opinion  of  the  Survey  Staff  that  the  only- 
practicable  solution  of  this  problem  lies  in  the  day 
continuation  school,  backed  by  a  compulsory  law 
which  will  bring  every  boy  and  girl  at  work  under  the 
age  of  18  into  school  for  a  certain  number  of  hours  per 
week.  Only  through  a  comprehensive  plan  that  will 
reach  large  numbers  of  young  workers  can  the  diffi- 
culties inherent  in  the  administration  of  small  classes 
be  overcome.  The  night  schools  have  never  been 
successful  in  holding  boys  long  enough  to  make  more 
than  a  beginning  in  trade-extension  training.  It  is 
certain  that  growing  boys  should  not  be  expected  to 
add  two  hours  of  study  to  their  nine  or  10  hours  of 
unaccustomed  labor  in  the  shop.  Both  individual 
and  community  interests  demand  that  this  problem 
be  taken  up  in  such  a  way  as  to  obviate  the  sharp 
cleavage  between  the  boy's  school  life  and  his  work- 
ing life.  From  every  point  of  view  it  is  unwise  to 
permit  him  to  lose  all  contact  with  the  educational 
agencies  of  the  city  during  his  first  years  at  work. 

The  compulsory  continuation  school  avoids  the 
difficulties  which  are  responsible  for  the  common 
failure  of  those  schemes  which  depend  for  their  suc- 
cess on  the  initiative  of  individuals  or  the  voluntary 
cooperation  of  employers  and  trade  unions.  One  of 
its  great  advantages  is  that  the  principle  on  which  it 
is  based  makes  for  equal  justice  to  all.  There  can  be 
no  doubt  that  the  decline  of  apprentice  training  in 
the  shops  is  due  partly  to  the  fact  that  employers 
find  that  much  of  the  time  and  money  it  costs  goes 
toward  providing  a  skilled  labor  force  for  competitors 

75 


who  make  no  effort  to  train  young  workers.  The  co- 
operation of  employers  on  a  comprehensive  scale  will 
be  secured  only  when  the  burden  is  equally  shared. 


The  Technical  Night  Schools 

Night  classes  are  conducted  in  both  of  the  technical 
high  schools  for  two  terms  a  year  of  10  weeks  each, 
the  pupils  attending  four  hours  a  week.  A  tuition 
fee  of  $5  a  term  is  collected,  of  which  $3.50  is  re- 
funded to  those  who  maintain  an  average  attendance 
of  75  per  cent.  No  special  provision  is  made  for  ap- 
prentices as  distinct  from  journeymen,  and  the  trade 
classes  are  attended  by  a  considerable  number  of 
wage-earners  employed  in  occupations  unrelated  to 
industrial  work.  The  list  of  courses  offered  during 
the  past  year,  with  the  number  enrolled  in  each 
course  at  the  beginning  of  the  secoud  term,  is  shown 
in  Table  12. 

A  glance  at  the  list  of  courses  shows  at  once  that 
while  the  vocational  motive  is  given  first  importance, 
the  schools  also  aim  to  provide  instruction  in  cul- 
tural subjects  which  have  only  an  indirect  vocational 
application.  Less  than  one-third  of  the  students  are 
pursuing  courses  which  are  directly  related  to  their 
daily  work.  The  remainder  are  enrolled  in  courses 
which  have  little  or  no  connection  with  their  daily 
occupations.  In  but  four  of  the  courses — machine 
shop,  architectural  drawing,  printing,  and  sheet 
metal  work — are  more  than  half  of  the  students  em- 
ployed in  directly  related  occupations. 

76 


TABLE  12.— COURSES  AND  NUMBER  ENROLLED  IN  THE  TECH- 
NICAL   NIGHT    SCHOOLS,    JANUARY,    1915 

Number 
Course  enrolled 

Mechanical  drawing 328 

Machine  shop 222 

Electrical  construction 159 

Sewing 103 

Mathematics 89 

Architectural  drawing 83 

Pattern  making 73 

Woodworking 67 

Chemistry 59 

Sheet  metal  drawing 52 

Cooking 46 

Foundry  work 36 

Agriculture 31 

Printing 27 

Sheet  metal  shop 23 

Business  English 20 

Electric  motors 19 

Arts  and  crafts 18 

Millinery 18 

Electricity  and  magnetism 16 

Total 1,489 

The  policy  of  the  schools  is  to  form  a  class  in  any 
subject  for  which  a  sufficient  number  of  students 
make  application.  Only  a  small  proportion  of  the 
pupils  attend  more  than  one  year,  and  the  mor- 
tality from  term  to  term  is  very  high,  although  the 
tuition  fee  plan  insures  fairly  good  attendance  during 
the  term.  The  data  collected  by  the  survey  indicate 
that  the  average  length  of  attendance  is  approxi- 
mately two  terms — the  equivalent  in  student  hours 
of  less  than  three  weeks  in  the  ordinary  day  school. 
Most  of  the  men  who  enroll  in  night  school  classes 
need  a  course  of  at  least  two  or  three  years.  All  but 
a  few,  however,  insist  on  having  their  supplementary 

77 


training  in  small  doses.  Frequently  they  want  only 
specific  instruction  about  a  specific  thing,  such  as 
how  to  lay  out  a  certain  piece  of  work  or  how  to  set 
up  a  particular  machine  tool.  They  want  to  secure 
this  knowledge  in  the  shortest  possible  time,  and  very 
few  want  the  same  thing.  A  course  of  two  or  three 
years  does  not  appeal  to  them.  Another  difficulty  is 
that  their  previous  educational  equipment  varies 
widely,  and  some  are  not  capable  of  assimilating  even 
the  specialized  bit  of  trade  knowledge  they  need 
without  a  preliminary  course  in  arithmetic.  As  the 
personnel  of  the  classes  changes  to  a  marked  degree 
from  term  to  term,  the  courses  undergo  frequent 
modifications.  Apparently  the  teachers  and  princi- 
pals have  made  a  sincere  effort  to  adapt  the  instruc- 
tion to  the  demands  of  the  men  who  attend  the 
schools,  but  the  fact  is  that  the  difficulties  inherent 
in  such  work  make  it  impossible  to  organize  the 
classes  on  any  basis  except  that  of  subject  matter, 
which  means  fitting  students  into  courses,  rather 
than  adapting  courses  to  the  needs  of  particular 
groups  of  workers. 

The  enrollment  is  far  below  what  should  be  ex- 
pected in  a  city  of  nearly  three-quarters  of  a  million 
inhabitants.  The  total  number  of  journeymen,  ap- 
prentices, and  helpers  from  the  skilled  manual  occu- 
pations, receiving  trade  instruction  in  the  night 
schools,  is  considerably  less  than  one  per  cent  of  the 
total  number  in  the  city. 

A  large  enrollment  is  necessary  for  efficient  ad- 
ministration. Success  in  specializing  courses  in  night 

78 


schools,  as  in  day  schools,  requires  a  large  adminis- 
trative unit.  The  possible  variety  of  courses  is  in 
direct  ratio  to  the  number  enrolled.  In  a  class  of  200 
carpenters  there  would  probably  be,  for  example, 
10  or  15  men  who  need  specialized  instruction  in 
stair-building.  On  the  basis  of  the  present  enroll- 
ment of  40  or  50  carpenters  the  class  would  dwindle 
to  three  or  four,  with  the  result  that  the  per  capita 
teaching  cost  becomes  prohibitive. 

The  relatively  small  result  now  obtained  is  not  the 
fault  of  the  schools,  but  is  due  principally  to  the  fact 
that  the  great  field  of  evening  vocational  instruction 
is  treated  by  the  school  system  as  a  mere  side  line  of 
the  technical  high  schools.  The  evening  classes  are 
taught  by  teachers  who  have  already  given  their 
best  in  the  day  classes.  The  enrollment  cannot  be 
greatly  increased  so  long  as  this  type  of  education  is 
handled  as  one  of  the  marginal  activities  of  the  school 
system,  manned  by  tired  teachers  and  directed  by 
tired  principals.  It  is  a  totally  different  kind  of  job 
from  regular  day  instruction  and  requires  a  different 
administrative  organization,  with  a  responsible  head 
vested  with  sufficient  authority  to  meet  quickly  and 
effectively  the  widely  varying  demands  of  its  stu- 
dents. This  will  require  the  speeding-up  of  ad- 
ministrative methods  in  the  establishment  of  courses 
and  the  employment  of  teachers,  a  freer  hand  for  the 
principals  as  regards  both  expenditures  and  policy, 
and  most  important  of  all,  the  organization  of  all 
forms  of  continuation  and  night  school  instruction 

under  a  separate  department. 

79 


A  Combined  Program  of  Continuation  and 
Trade-Extension  Training 
In  considering  the  general  conclusions  of  the  survey 
as  to  what  should  be  done  in  the  matter  of  trade  pre- 
paratory and  trade-extension  training  in  both  day 
and  night  schools,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  these 
two  types  of  vocational  training  are  still  in  the  ex- 
perimental stage.  Their  future  development  will 
probably  involve  a  wide  departure  from  conven- 
tional school  methods  and  the  evolution  of  a  special 
technique  through  trial  and  experiment.  At  the 
present  time  we  can  only  formulate  certain  of  the 
main  conditions  to  which  future  advance  in  these 
fields  must  conform. 

First  of  all,  it  must  be  recognized  that  such  work 
is  a  big  job  in  itself  and  cannot  be  successfully  con- 
ducted as  an  appendix  of  the  day  school.  It  is  worth 
doing  well,  or  it  is  not  worth  doing.  It  needs  an 
organization  sufficiently  elastic  and  adaptable  to 
quickly  make  adjustments  to  unusual  and  unex- 
pected conditions.  It  needs  the  supervision  of  a 
competent  director  who  can  devote  to  it  all  his  time 
and  energy,  and  a  corps  of  teachers  who  not  only 
know  how  and  what  to  teach,  but  who  possess  a  firm 
conviction  of  the  value  and  utility  of  this  kind  of 
instruction.  In  the  hands  of  teachers  who  bring  to 
it  only  the  margin  of  interest  and  energy  remaining 
after  a  hard  day's  work  in  the  high  school,  or  who 
are  unable  to  comprehend  the  radical  difference  be- 
tween teaching  a  boy  in  the  day  school  35  hours  a 
week  and  teaching  a  boy  four  hours  a  week  in  the 

80 


continuation  school  or  evening  class,  the  full  measure 
of  success  cannot  be  expected.  The  employment  of 
day  teachers  for  night  school  work  has  never  been 
other  than  a  makeshift,  and  the  insignificant  results 
attained  in  night  schools  throughout  the  country 
have  been  due  in  great  measure  to  this  cause. 

Apart  from  the  fact  that  the  interests  of  adolescent 
workers  imperatively  demand  the  establishment  of 
day  continuation  schools,  an  additional  argument  in 
favor  of  such  schools  is  that  they  would  provide  a 
means  for  making  the  night  trade-extension  work 
effective,  through  the  use  of  continuation  day  school 
teachers  for  night  school  work.  Such  a  plan  would 
mean  that  teachers  employed  on  this  basis  would 
have  charge  of  a  day  continuation  class  during 
one  session  of  four  hours,  and  a  night  class  of  two 
hours,  making  a  total  of  six  hours'  work  per  day.  A 
plan  of  this  kind  would  make  possible  the  establish- 
ment of  the  fundamental  conditions  for  successful 
trade — preparatory  and  trade-extension  training  in 
the  night  schools.  The  present  system  is  unjust  to 
both  teachers  and  students; — to  the  students  because 
the  man  or  boy  who  sacrifices  his  recreation  time  to 
attend  night  school  has  a  right  to  the  best  the  schools 
can  give;  to  the  teachers  because  no  teacher  can 
work  a  two-hour  night  shift  in  addition  to  seven  or 
eight  hours  in  the  technical  high  school  without  seri- 
ously impairing  his  efficiency. 

The  development  of  this  plan  would  necessitate 
the  establishment  of  two  centers,  one  located  in  the 
eastern  and  one  in  the  western  section  of  the  city. 
6  81 


In  these  centers  should  be  housed  the  day  vocational 
school,  the  day  continuation  classes,  and  the  night 
vocational  classes.  This  would  relieve  the  technical 
high  schools  of  a  task  which  does  not  belong  to  them, 
and  which  by  overloading  the  teachers  seriously  in- 
terferes with  the  work  they  were  originally  employed 
to  do.  At  present  a  considerable  number  of  the 
technical  high  school  teachers  are  devoting  from  one- 
fifth  to  one-fourth  of  their  total  working  day  to  ele- 
mentary teaching,  as  most  of  the  work  in  the  night 
schools  is  below  high  school  grade. 

By  bringing  together  all  the  trade  preparatory 
and  trade-extension  work  under  one  roof,  it  is  possi- 
ble to  secure  the  highest  efficiency  in  the  use  of  equip- 
ment. Expensive  shops  can  be  justified  only  on  the 
basis  of  constant  use.  If  the  suggestion  for  the 
establishment  of  a  vocational  school  is  acted  upon, 
such  future  contingencies  as  the  continuation  school 
should  be  borne  in  mind  in  planning  the  buildings 
and  equipment,  so  as  to  permit  of  extensions  as  they 
may  be  required.  It  is  practically  certain  that  uni- 
versal continuation  training  for  young  workers  up 
to  the  age  of  17  or  18  will  be  made  compulsory  in  all 
the  progressive  states  of  the  country  within  the  next 
decade.  The  Ohio  school  authorities  should  get  ready 
to  handle  the  continuation  school  problem  before  the 
example  of  other  states  and  the  overwhelming  pres- 
sure of  public  opinion  forces  it  upon  them. 


82 


CHAPTER  IX 

VOCATIONAL  TRAINING  FOR  GIRLS 

The  discussions  in  the  preceding  chapters  have  been 
limited  intentionally  to  a  consideration  of  the  needs 
and  possibilities  of  training  for  wage-earning  pur- 
suits in  which  men  predominate.  The  conditions 
which  surround  vocational  training  for  girls  are  so 
fundamentally  unlike  those  encountered  in  the  voca- 
tional training  of  boys  that  a  combined  treatment 
leads  to  needless  complexity  and  confusion. 

Cleveland  uses  a  relatively  smaller  amount  of 
woman  labor  than  most  other  large  cities.  In  only 
one  of  the  10  largest  cities  in  the  country — Pitts- 
burgh— is  the  proportion  of  women  and  girls  at 
work  smaller  as  compared  with  the  total  number  of 
persons  in  gainful  occupations  than  in  Cleveland.  In 
1900,  20.4  per  cent  of  the  workers  in  the  city  were 
women;  by  1910  the  proportion  of  women  workers 
had  increased  to  22  per  cent,  a  shift  of  less  than  two 
per  cent  for  the  decade. 

A  consideration  of  the  occupational  future  of  boys 
and  girls  shows  at  once  how  widely  their  problems 
differ.  The  typical  boy  in  Cleveland  attends  school 
until  he  reaches  the  age  of  15  or  16.  About  this  period 
he  becomes  a  wage-earner  and  for  the  next  30  or  40 

•    83 


years  devotes  most  of  his  time  and  energy  to  making 
a  living.  The  typical  girl  leaves  school  about  the 
same  time,  becomes  a  wage-earner  for  a  few  years, 
then  marries  and  spends  the  rest  of  her  life  keeping 
house  and  rearing  children.  To  the  man  wage-earning 
is  the  real  business  of  life.  To  the  woman  it  is  a  means 
for  filling  in  the  gap  between  school  and  marriage, 
a  little  journey  into  the  world  previous  to  settling 
down  to  her  main  job. 

The  most  radical  and  important  difference  be- 
tween the  two  sexes  with  respect  to  wage-earning 
is  found  in  the  length  of  the  working  life.  The  transi- 
tory character  of  the  wage-earning  phase  in  the  life 
of  most  women  is  clearly  seen  in  the  contrasted  age 
distribution  shown  in  Table  13. 


TABLE  13.— PER  CENT  OF  TOTAL  POPULATION  ENGAGED  IN 
GAINFUL   OCCUPATIONS   DURING   THREE   DIFFERENT   AGE 

PERIODS 


Age  period 

Women 

Men 

16  to  21 

21  to  45 

45  and  over 

60 
26 
12 

85 

98 

85 

Approximately  85  per  cent  of  the  boys  and  slightly 
less  than  60  per  cent  of  the  girls  between  the  ages  of 
16  and  21  are  at  work.  In  the  next  age  group — 21  to 
45 — given  by  the  census,  98  per  cent  of  the  men  are 
at  work,  but  the  proportion  of  women  employed  in 
gainful  occupations  drops  to  26  per  cent,  or  about 
one  in  four;  in  the  next  age  group — 45  and  over — 

84 


it  falls  to  about  12  per  cent,  as  compared  with  85  per 
cent  of  the  men.  Of  the  women  still  at  work  in  the 
older  age  group,  over  one-half  are  engaged  in  do- 
mestic and  personal  service  as  servants,  laundresses, 
housekeepers,  etc. 

TABLE  14.— NUMBER  EMPLOYED  IN  THE  PRINCIPAL  WAGE- 
EARNING  OCCUPATIONS  AMONG  EACH  1,000  WOMEN  FROM 
16  TO  21  YEARS  OF  AGE 

Manufacturing  and  mechanical  industries: 

Apprentices  to  dressmakers  and  milliners 4 

Dressmakers  and  seamstresses  (not  in  factory) 20 

Milliners  and  millinery  dealers 17 

Semi-skilled  operatives: 

Candy  factories 6 

Cigar  and  tobacco  factories 15 

Electrical  supply  factories 10 

Knitting  mills 11 

Printing  and  publishing . 8 

Woolen  and  worsted  mills: 

Weavers 5 

Other  occupations 7 

Sewers  and  sewing  machine  operators  (factory) 53 

Tailoresses 25 

Transportation: 

Telephone  operators 19 

Trade: 

Clerks  in  stores 28 

Saleswomen  (stores) 35 

Professional  service: 

Musicians  and  teachers  of  music 6 

Teachers  (school) 4 

Domestic  and  personal  service: 

Charwomen  and  cleaners 5 

Laundry  operatives 13 

Servants 81 

Waitresses 9 

Clerical  occupations: 

Bookkeepers,  cashiers,  and  accountants 26 

Clerks  (except  clerks  in  stores) 20 

Stenographers  and  typewriters 62 

The  occupations  in  which  the  girls  now  in  the  pub- 
lic schools  will  later  engage  can  be  determined  with 
a  relative  degree  of  accuracy  by  employing  a  method 
in  general  similar  to  that  utilized  in  forecasting  the 
occupations  of  boys.  It  must  be  taken  into  account, 
however,  that  the  wage-earning  period  for  women, 
except  in  the  professional  occupations,  usually  begins 

85 


before  the  age  of  21.  For  this  reason  the  16  to  21  age 
group  probably  offers  the  best  basis  for  determining 
the  future  occupational  distribution  of  girls  in  school. 
If  all  women  at  work  up  to  the  age  of  25  were  in- 
cluded the  figures  would  be  more  nearly  exact,  but 
unfortunately  data  for  the  period  between  21  and  25 
are  not  available.  The  figures  at  the  right  of  Table 
14  show  the  number  engaged  in  each  specified  occu- 
pation among  each  thousand  women  in  the  city  be- 
tween the  ages  of  16  and  21.  The  proportions  given 
for  the  professional  occupations,  particularly  teach- 
ing, are  too  small,  because  of  the  fact  that  few 
women  enter  the  professions  before  the  age  of  21. 

Applying  these  proportions  to  the  average  elemen- 
tary school  unit,  it  will  be  seen  at  once  that  the  num- 
ber of  girls  old  enough  to  profit  by  special  training 
is  too  small  in  any  single  occupation  to  form  a  class 
of  workable  size.  In  such  a  school  there  would  be 
about  80  girls  12  years  old  and  over.  Of  the  skilled 
occupations  listed  in  the  table  stenography  and  type- 
writing offers  the  largest  field  of  employment,  yet 
the  number  who  are  likely  to  take  up  this  kind  of 
work  does  not  exceed  five  or  six. 

Differentiation  in  the  Junior  High  School 

The  organization  of  the  junior  high  school,  where  the 
enrollment  is  made  up  entirely  of  older  pupils,  obvi- 
ates this  difficulty  to  some  extent.  Instead  of  80  girls 
there  are  from  300  to  500,  with  a  corresponding  in- 
crease in  the  number  who  will  enter  any  given  wage- 
earning  occupation. 

86 


Not  less  than  one-eighth  and  probably  not  more 
than  one-fifth  of  these  girls  will  become  needle- 
workers  of  some  kind.  They  will  need  a  more  practi- 
cal and  intensive  training  in  the  fundamentals  of 
sewing  than  is  now  provided  by  the  household  arts 
course.  The  skill  required  in  trade  work  cannot  be 
obtained  in  the  amount  of  time  now  devoted  to  this 
subject.  It  should  be  made  possible  for  a  girl  who 
expects  to  make  a  living  with  her  needle  to  elect  a 
thoroughly  practical  course  in  sewing  in  which  the 
aim  is  to  prepare  for  wage  earning  rather  than  merely 
to  teach  the  girl  how  to  make  and  mend  her  own  gar- 
ments. As  proficiency  in  trade  sewing  requires  first 
of  all  ample  opportunity  for  practice,  provision 
should  be  made  for  extending  the  time  now  given  to 
sewing  for  those  girls  who  wish  to  become  needle 
workers.  This  can  easily  be  done  through  the  system 
of  electives  now  in  use.  The  establishment  of  classes 
in  power  machine  operating  during  the  junior  high 
school  period  appears  to  be  impracticable,  due  to  the 
immaturity  of  the  girls  and  the  small  number  who 
could  profit  by  such  instruction. 

A  discussion  of  the  present  sewing  courses  in  the 
public  schools  will  be  found  in  Chapters  XIV  and  XV, 
which  summarize  the  special  reports  on  the  Garment 
Trades  and  Dressmaking  and  Millinery.  In  the  pres- 
ent chapter  the  consideration  of  these  occupations 
is  limited  to  an  examination  of  the  administrative 
questions  connected  with  training  for  the  sewing 
trades. 


87 


Specialized  Training  for  the  Sewing  Trades 
The  compulsory  attendance  law  requires  all  girls  to 
attend  school  until  they  are  16  years  old.  This  forces 
a  considerable  number  into  the  high  schools  for  one 
or  two  years  before  they  go  to  work.  As  a  rule  the 
type  of  girl  who  is  likely  to  enter  the  needle  trades 
selects  the  technical  high  school  course,  not  because 
she  has  any  idea  of  finishing  it,  but  because  she  be- 
lieves it  offers  a  less  tiresome  way  of  getting  through 
her  last  one  or  two  years  in  school  than  the  academic 
course.  The  technical  course  requires  three  and 
three-quarter  hours  a  week  of  sewing  during  the 
first  two  years.  The  student  may  elect  trade  dress- 
making and  millinery  during  the  third  and  fourth 
years. 

Very  few  girls  who  can  afford  to  spend  four  years 
in  high  school  ever  become  dressmakers  or  factory 
operatives.  If  the  school  system  is  to  do  anything 
of  direct  vocational  value  for  them  it  will  have  to 
begin  further  down.  Most  of  them  leave  school  be- 
fore the  age  of  17  and  the  years  between  14  and  16 
represent  the  last  chance  the  school  will  have  to 
give  them  any  direct  aid  towards  preparation  for 
immediate  wage-earning. 

For  successful  work  in  machine  operating  the  class 
must  be  large  enough  to  warrant  the  purchase  and 
operation  of  sufficient  equipment  to  give  the  pupils 
an  opportunity  for  intensive  practice.  The  only  way 
this  condition  can  be  secured  is  by  concentrating 
in  large  groups  the  girls  who  need  such  training. 
Little  will  be  accomplished  in  training  for  the  sewing 

88 


trades  without  specialization,  and  specialization  in 
small  administrative  units  is  impossible.  The  teach- 
ing and  operating  cost  in  a  school  enrolling,  say  200 
girls,  who  want  the  same  kind  of  work,  can  be 
brought  within  reasonable  bounds.  In  a  school  where 
the  total  number  who  need  specialized  training  does 
not  exceed  10  or  15  the  cost  is  prohibitive. 

In  the  opinion  of  the  Survey  Staff  a  one  or  two  year 
vocational  course  in  the  sewing  trades  should  be 
established.  The  entrance  age  should  not  be  less 
than  15.  Courses  should  be  provided  for  intensive 
work  in  trade  dressmaking,  power  machine  operat- 
ing, and  trade  millinery.  A  conservative  estimate  of 
the  number  of  girls  who  could  be  expected  to  enroll 
for  courses  in  these  subjects  is  500.  A  trade  school 
might  be  established  where  only  this  type  of  voca- 
tional training  would  be  carried  on,  or  it  might  be 
conducted  in  the  same  building  with  the  trade 
courses  for  boys  recommended  in  a  previous  chapter. 
In  either  case  the  number  of  pupils  would  be  suffi- 
cient to  warrant  up-to-date  equipment  and  a  corps 
of  specially  trained  teachers. 

Training  for  the  sewing  trades  consumes  more  ma- 
terial than  any  rfther  kind  of  vocational  training. 
For  this  reason  economical  administration  requires 
some  arrangement  for  marketing  the  product.  Dur- 
ing the  latter  part  of  the  course  the  school  should  be 
able  to  turn  out  first-class  work.  The  familiarity 
with  trade  standards  the  pupils  obtain  through  prac- 
tice on  garments  which  must  meet  the  exacting  de- 
mands of  the  buying  public  has  a  distinct  educational 

89 


value.  The  Manhattan  Trade  School  for  Girls  in 
New  York  City  and  other  successful  schools  in  the 
country  operate  on  this  basis.  There  is  reason  to 
believe  that  there  would  be  little  difficulty  in  making 
arrangements  with  the  clothing  manufacturers  in 
Cleveland  to  furnish  a  good  trade  school  as  much 
contract  work  as  the  classes  could  handle. 


Other  Occupations 

From  one-fourth  to  one-fifth  of  the  girls  in  the  school 
will  later  enter  employment  in  commercial  and  cleri- 
cal occupations,  as  stenographers,  typists,  clerks, 
cashiers,  bookkeepers,  saleswomen,  and  so  on.  Their 
needs  will  be  considered  in  Chapters  XII  and  XIII, 
in  which  the  findings  of  the  special  reports  on  Boys 
and  Girls  in  Commercial  Work  and  Department 
Store  Occupations  are  summarized. 

A  relatively  small  number  will  become  semi-skilled 
operatives  in  industrial  establishments,  such  as  job 
printing  houses,  knitting  mills,  and  factories  making 
electrical  supplies,  metal  products,  and  so  on.  As 
a  rule  such  work  requires  only  a  small  amount  of 
manual  skill  or  deftness.  Not  much  training  is  needed 
and  it  can  be  given  quickly  and  effectively  in  the 
factories. 

About  one-ninth  of  the  girls  in  the  school  will 
enter  paid  domestic  or  personal  service  of  some  kind. 
The  household  arts  courses  probably  meet  the  needs 
of  girls  who  may  be  employed  in  such  occupations  as 
far  as  they  can  be  met  under  present  conditions. 

90 


The  woman  domestic  servant  occupies  about  the 
same  social  level  as  the  male  common  laborer,  and  a 
course  which  openly  sets  out  to  train  girls  to  be  ser- 
vants is  not  likely  to  prosper.  The  load  of  social 
stigma  such  work  carries  is  too  heavy.  At  some  time 
in  the  future  it  may  be  possible  to  ignore  the  tradi- 
tional and  universal  attitude  of  our  public  toward  the 
so-called  menial  occupations  sufficiently  to  consider 
training  servants.  At  present  such  a  possibility 
seems  remote. 


91 


CHAPTER  X 

VOCATIONAL  GUIDANCE 

Very  few  of  the  army  of  young  people  who  become 
wage  earners  each  year  take  up  the  occupations  in 
which  they  engage  as  the  result  of  any  conscious 
selection  of  their  own  or  of  their  parents.  They  drift 
into  some  job  aimlessly  and  ignorantly,  following  the 
line  of  least  resistance,  driven  or  led  by  the  accidents 
and  exigencies  of  gaining  a  livelihood.  They  possess 
no  accurate  or  comprehensive  knowledge  of  the  ad- 
vantages and  disadvantages  of  different  types  of 
wage  earning  occupations,  and  frequently  take  up 
work  for  which  they  are  entirely  unfitted  or  which 
holds  little  future  beyond  a  bare  livelihood. 


The  Work  of  the  Vocational  Counselor 
The  plan  now  followed  in  the  technical  high  schools 
of  the  city,  by  which  one  teacher  in  the  school  spe- 
cially qualified  for  such  work  is  charged  with  the 
duty  of  advising  pupils  who  leave  school  and  aiding 
them  in  securing  desirable  employment,  could  be 
adapted  to  the  junior  high  school,  where  the  need  for 
service  of  this  kind  is  even  greater  than  in  the  techni- 
cal high  schools.   Such  work  requires  men  who  have 

92 


had  some  contact  with  industrial  conditions,  and 
who  possess  sound  judgment,  common  sense,  and  a 
fairly  comprehensive  knowledge  of  the  local  in- 
dustries. If  the  curriculum  embraces  the  course  in 
" Industrial  Information"  suggested  in  a  previous 
chapter,  the  teacher  of  this  subject  might  well  be 
designated  as  vocational  counselor  for  the  boys  in 
the  school.  A  course  similar  in  nature  should  be  pro- 
vided for  the  girls  and  a  woman  teacher  selected  to 
advise  them  when  they  leave  school.  Considerable 
difficulty  probably  will  be  experienced  in  securing 
women  teachers  competent  to  assume  this  task,  but 
any  wide-awake  teacher  who  will  devote  some  atten- 
tion to  published  studies  of  industrial  conditions  and 
get  in  touch  with  the  local  organizations  engaged  in 
the  investigation  of  wage  earning  employments,  such 
as  the  Consumers'  League  and  the  Girls'  Vocation 
Bureau,  can  soon  acquire  a  fund  of  information  that 
will  enable  her  to  offer  valuable  suggestions  and  ad- 
vice to  girls  who  expect  to  become  wage  earners. 

The  vocational  counselor  must  guard  against  con- 
ventional thinking  and  the  mass  of  " inspirational" 
nonsense  which  forms  the  main  contribution  to  the 
vocational  guidance  of  youth  provided  in  the  average 
schoolroom.  The  ideals  of  success  usually  held  up 
before  school  children  seem  to  have  been  drawn 
from  a  mixture  of  Sunday  school  literature  and  the 
prospectuses  of  efficiency  bureaus.  Boiled  down  the 
rules  prescribed  for  their  attainment  are  two:  first, 
"Be  good;"  and  second,  "Get  ahead."  The  pupils 
are  told  about  well-known  men  who  became  famous 

93 


or  rich,  usually  rich,  by  practicing  these  rules.  Oc- 
casionally there  is  some  prattle  about  the  "  dignity 
of  labor/ '  as  a  rule  meaningless  in  the  light  of  our 
current  ideas  of  success.  We  do  not  think  of  a  well- 
paid  artisan  as  "successful."  His  success  begins 
when  he  is  promoted  to  office  work,  or  becomes  a 
foreman. 

The  inherent  difficulty  with  ideals  of  success  which 
demand  that  the  worker  become  a  boss  of  somebody 
else  is  that  the  world  of  industry  needs  only  a  rela- 
tively small  number  of  bosses.  Theoretically  it  is 
possible  for  any  individual  to  reach  the  eminence 
of  boss-ship.  In  real  life  less  than  one-tenth  of  the 
boys  who  enter  industrial  employment  can  rise  above 
the  level  of  the  journeyman  artisan,  at  least  before 
later  middle  age,  because  only  about  that  proportion 
of  bosses  are  needed. 

The  task  of  the  vocational  counselor  will  consist 
in  putting  the  pupiFs  feet  on  the  first  steps  of  the 
ladder  rather  than  showing  him  rosy  pictures  of  the 
top  of  it.  For  the  great  majority  the  top  means  no 
more  than  decent  wages.  This,  after  all,  is  a  worthy 
ambition,  frequently  requiring  the  worker's  best 
efforts  for  its  realization. 


The  Girls'  Vocation  Bureau 

The  Girls'  Vocation  Bureau,  for  the  placement  of 
girls  and  women  in  wage-earning  employment,  has 
been  in  operation  about  six  years.  At  present  it  is 
under  the  general  charge  of  the  state  and  municipal 

94 


employment  bureau,  although  part  of  the  funds  for 
the  support  of  the  bureau  is  raised  through  private 
subscription.  From  July,  1914,  to  July,  1915,  the 
Bureau  secured  positions  for  nearly  11,000  girls  and 
women.  Of  these  approximately  12  per  cent  were 
girls  under  21.  In  many  instances  only  temporary 
employment  is  secured,  although  efforts  are  made  to 
place  the  girls  in  permanent  positions.  More  girls 
are  placed  in  office  positions  than  in  any  other  line 
of  work,  but  a  considerable  proportion  take  employ- 
ment in  factories,  domestic  service,  restaurants,  and 
stores. 

A  careful  record  is  kept  of  each  applicant's  quali- 
fications, home  conditions,  the  names  of  employers, 
etc.  The  Bureau  endeavors  to  keep  in  touch  with 
the  girls  after  they  are  placed  through  follow-up 
reports  and  visits  by  members  of  the  office  staff  or 
by  volunteer  investigators. 

This  spring  every  school  in  the  city  was  visited  by 
representatives  of  the  Bureau  in  the  endeavor  to  in- 
terest principals  in  the  work  of  placement,  and  ar- 
rangements were  made  for  sending  to  the  Bureau 
lists  of  the  girls  who  were  expected  to  leave  school 
permanently.  This  effort  met  with  slight  success, 
as  only  about  100  girls  were  reported  from  all  the 
schools  in  the  city,  although  the  number  of  girls 
leaving  school  each  year  from  the  elementary  grades 
alone  is  over  2,000.  In  all  cases  the  girls  were  visited 
by  a  representative  of  the  Bureau  and  urged  to  re- 
turn to  school,  or  if  they  were  determined  to  seek 


95 


employment  the  advantages  of  registering  in  the 
Bureau  were  brought  to  their  attention. 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  more  effective  cooperation 
between  the  Bureau  and  the  schools  can  be  estab- 
lished and  that  plans  for  a  placement  bureau  for 
boys  similar  in  method  and  aim  to  the  Girls'  Bureau 
may  be  realized.  The  matter  of  placement  is  the 
most  difficult  part  of  the  vocational  counselor's 
duties,  and  an  arrangement  whereby  the  vocational 
guidance  departments  of  the  various  schools  might 
serve  as  feeders  to  a  central  placement  bureau  would 
probably  in  the  long  run  give  the  best  results.  Both 
guidance  and  placement  are  new  things  in  the  public 
schools  and  efficient  methods  of  administration  can 
be  worked  out  only  through  trial  and  experiment. 


96 


CHAPTER  XI 

CONCLUSIONS  AND  RECOMMENDATIONS 

1.  The  future  occupations  of  the  children  in  school 
will  correspond  very  closely  to  those  of  the  native- 
born  adult  population.  The  occupational  distri- 
bution of  the  city's  working  population  therefore 
constitutes  the  best  guide  as  to  the  kinds  of  industrial 
training  which  can  be  undertaken  profitably  by  the 
school  system. 

2.  Industrial  training  in  school  has  to  do  chiefly 
with  preparation  for  work  in  the  skilled  trades. 
Training  for  semi-skilled  occupations  can  be  given 
more  effectively  and  cheaply  in  the  factories  than  in 
the  schools. 

3.  As  a  rule,  industrial  training  is  not  practicable 
in  elementary  schools,  for  the  reason  that  the  num- 
ber of  boys  in  the  average  elementary  school  who  are 
likely  to  enter  the  skilled  trades  and  who  are  also 
old  enough  to  profit  by  industrial  training  is  too 
small  to  permit  the  organization  of  classes. 

4.  The  most  important  contribution  to  vocational 
education  the  elementary  schools  can  make  consists 
in  getting  the  children  through  the  course  fast  enough 
so  that  two  or  three  years  before  the  end  of  the  com- 
pulsory attendance  period  they  will  enter  an  inter- 

7  97 


mediate  or  vocational  school  where  some  kind  of  in- 
dustrial training  is  possible. 

5.  The  survey  recommends  the  establishment  of  a 
general  industrial  course  in  the  junior  high  school, 
made  up  chiefly  of  instruction  in  the  applications  of 
mathematics,  drawing,  physics,  and  chemistry  to 
the  commoner  industrial  processes.  The  course 
should  also  include  the  study  of  economic  and  work- 
ing conditions  in  the  principal  industrial  occupations. 

6.  One  or  two  vocational  schools  equipped  to  offer 
specialized  trade  training  for  boys  and  girls  between 
the  ages  of  14  and  17  are  needed.  At  present  a  gap 
of  from  one  to  two  years  exists  between  the  end  of  the 
compulsory  attendance  period  and  the  entrance  age 
in  practically  all  the  skilled  trades,  which  could  well 
be  employed  in  direct  preparation  for  trade  work. 
Such  schools  would  relieve  the  first  and  second  year 
classes  of  the  technical  high  schools  of  many  pupils 
these  schools  do  not  want  and  cannot  adequately 
provide  for.  General  as  well  as  special  courses  should 
be  offered,  although  pupils  should  be  encouraged  to 
select  a  particular  occupation  and  devote  at  least  one 
year  to  intensive  preparation  for  it. 

7.  The  survey  favors  the  extension  of  the  com- 
pulsory attendance  period  for  boys  to  the  age  of  16. 
The  industries  of  Cleveland  have  little  or  nothing 
worth  while  to  offer  boys  below  this  age. 

8.  The  best  form  of  trade-extension  training  is  that 
provided  in  a  few  establishments  which  maintain 
apprentice  schools  in  their  plants.  This  plan  is  feasi- 
ble only  in  large  establishments.   It  will  never  take 

98 


care  of  more  than  a  small  proportion  of  the  young 
workers  who  need  supplementary  technical  training. 

9.  Plans  for  trade-extension  training  of  apprentices 
depending  on  the  cooperation  of  employers  have  met 
with  slight  success.  The  principle  difficulty  is  that 
the  sacrifices  they  involve  are  borne  by  a  relatively 
small  number  of  employers  while  the  benefits  are 
reaped  by  the  industry  in  general.  Either  the  in- 
dustry as  a  whole  or  the  community  should  bear  the 
cost  of  such  training. 

10.  The  vocational  interests  of  young  workers  and 
the  social  interests  of  the  community  demand  the 
establishment  of  a  system  of  continuation  training 
for  all  young  people  in  employment,  up  to  the  age  of 
18  years.  The  classes  should  be  held  during  working 
hours  and  attendance  should  be  compulsory. 

11.  The  enrollment  in  the  trade  classes  of  the  night 
schools  is  far  below  what  it  should  be  in  a  city  as  large 
as  Cleveland.  The  relatively  small  result  now  ob- 
tained is  not  the  fault  of  the  schools,  but  is  due 
mainly  to  the  fact  that  the  field  of  vocational  even- 
ing instruction  is  treated  by  the  school  system  as  a 
mere  side  line  of  the  technical  high  schools. 

12.  The  survey  recommends  the  organization  of 
all  forms  of  continuation,  night  vocational,  and 
day  vocational  training  under  centralized  full-time 
leadership.  Only  in  this  way  can  there  be  secured 
a  type  of  organization  and  administration  suffi- 
ciently elastic  and  adaptable  to  meet  the  widely 
varying  needs  of  the  working  classes. 

13.  Industrial  training  for  girls  will  consist  in  the 

99 


main  of  preparation  for  the  sewing  trades.  Prac- 
tically no  other  industrial  occupations  in  which  large 
numbers  of  women  are  employed  possess  sufficient 
technical  content  to  warrant  the  establishment  of 
training  courses  in  the  schools.  The  survey  recom- 
mends a  practical  course  of  needle  instruction  in  the 
junior  high  school  and  the  introduction  in  the  voca- 
tional schools  of  specialized  courses  in  dressmaking, 
power  machine  operating,  and  trade  millinery  for  the 
older  girls  who  wish  to  enter  these  trades. 

14.  The  present  experiment  in  vocational  guidance 
and  placement  should  be  extended  as  rapidly  as  pos- 
sible. Courses  in  vocational  information  should  be 
offered  in  the  junior  high  school  and  vocational  coun- 
sellors appointed  to  advise  pupils  in  the  selection  of 
their  future  vocations  and  aid  them  in  securing  de- 
sirable employment  when  they  leave  school.  The 
full  measure  of  success  in  this  work  demands  better 
cooperation  with  outside  agencies  on  the  part  of 
teachers  and  principals  than  has  been  secured  up  to 
the  present  time. 


100 


CHAPTER  XII 

SUMMARY    OF    REPORT    ON   BOYS    AND 
GIRLS  IN  COMMERCIAL  WORK 

Particular  attention  is  given  throughout  this  report 
to  the  differences  which  exist  between  boys  and  girls 
in  commercial  employment  with  respect  to  the  con- 
ditions which  govern  success  and  advancement. 
The  majority  of  boys  begin  as  messengers  or  office 
boys  and  subsequently  become  clerks  or  do  book- 
keeping work.  As  men  they  remain  in  these  latter 
positions  or,  in  at  least  an  equal  number  of  cases, 
pass  on  into  the  productive  or  administrative  end  of 
business.  The  majority  of  girls  are  stenographers,  or 
to  a  less  extent,  assistants  in  bookkeeping  or  clerical 
work.  Boys'  work  may  be  expected  to  take  on  the 
characteristics  of  the  business  that  employs  them; 
girls'  work  remains  in  essentials  unchanged  even  in 
totally  changed  surroundings.  Boys'  work  within 
limits  is  progressive;  girls'  work  in  its  general  type — 
with  individual  exceptions — is  static.  Boys  as  a  rule 
cannot  stay  at  the  same  kind  of  work  and  advance; 
girls  as  a  rule  stay  at  the  same  kind  of  work  whether 
or  not  they  advance.  Boys  in  any  position  are  ex- 
pected to  be  qualifying  themselves  for  "the  job 
ahead,"  but  for  girls  that  is  not  the  case.  Boys  may 

101 


expect  to  make  a  readjustment  with  every  step  in 
advancement.  Each  new  position  brings  them  to  a 
new  situation  and  into  a  new  relation  to  the  business. 
Girls  receive  salary  advancement  for  increasingly 
responsible  work,  but  any  change  in  work  is  likely 
to  be  so  gradual  as  to  be  almost  imperceptible  if  they 
remain  in  the  same  place  of  employment.  If  they 
change  to  another  place,  those  who  are  stenogra- 
phers have  a  slight  readjustment  to  make  in  getting 
accustomed  to  new  terms  and  to  the  peculiarities 
of  the  new  persons  who  dictate  to  them.  Bookkeep- 
ing assistants  may  encounter  different  systems,  but 
their  part  of  the  work  will  be  so  directed  and  planned 
that  it  cannot  be  said  to  necessitate  difficult  adapta- 
tion on  their  part.  The  work  of  clerical  assistants  is 
so  simple  and  so  nearly  mechanical  that  the  question 
of  adjustment  does  not  enter.  These  girl  workers  do 
not  find  that  the  change  of  position  or  firm  brings 
them  necessarily  into  a  new  relation  to  the  business. 

Even  moderate  success  is  denied  to  a  boy  if  he  has 
not  adaptability  and  the  capacity  to  grasp  business 
ideas  and  methods;  but  a  comparatively  high  degree 
of  success  could  be  attained  by  a  girl  who  possessed 
neither  of  these  qualifications.  A  boy,  however,  who 
has  no  specific  training  which  he  can  apply  directly 
and  definitely  at  work  would  be  far  more  likely  to 
obtain  a  good  opening  and  promotion  than  a  girl 
without  it  would  be. 

The  range  of  a  boy's  possible  future  occupations  is 
as  wide  as  the  field  of  business.  He  cannot  at  first 
be  trained  specifically  as  a  girl  can  be  because  he  does 

102 


not  know  what  business  will  do  with  him  or  what  he 
wants  to  do  with  business.  The  girPs  choice  is  limited 
by  custom.  She  can  prepare  herself  definitely  for 
stenography,  bookkeeping,  and  machine  operating 
and  be  sure  that  she  is  preparing  for  just  the  oppor- 
tunity— and  the  whole  opportunity — that  business 
offers  to  her.  Her  very  limitation  of  opportunity 
makes  preliminary  choice  and  training  a  definitely 
possible  thing. 


Diagram  1. — Boys  and  girls  under  18  years  of  age  in  office 
work  in  Cleveland.  Data  from  report  of  Ohio  Industrial 
Commission,  1915 

The  difference  between  boys  and  girls  begins  at 
the  beginning.  Boys  are  given  a  larger  share  of  the 
positions  which  the  youngest  worker  can  fill.  Dia- 
gram 1  illustrates  this  and  the  figures  of  the  United 
States  Census  for  1910  clearly  corroborate  it.  Boys 
are  taken  for  such  work  and  taken  younger  than  girls, 
not  merely  because  the  law  permits  them  to  go  to 
work  at  an  earlier  age,  but  also  because  business 

103 


itself  intends  to  round  their  training.  Girls,  on  the 
contrary,  are  expected  to  enter  completely  trained 
for  definite  positions.  This  fact  alone  would  in 
most  cases  compel  them  to  be  older.  Furthermore, 
because  boys  in  first  positions  are  looked  upon  as 
potential  clerks,  miscellaneous  jobs  about  the  office 
have  for  them  a  two-fold  value.  They  give  the  em- 
ployer a  chance  to  weed  out  unpromising  material; 
and  they  give  boys  an  opportunity  to  find  them- 

Clerical  Administrative 


t    Men  9^    I 


Diagram  2. — Men  and  women  18  years  of  age  and  over  in 
clerical  and  administrative  work  in  offices  in  Cleveland. 
U.  S.  Census,  1910 

selves  and  to  gather  ideas  about  the  business  and 
methods  which  they  may  be  able  to  make  use  of  in 
later  adjustments. 

Diagram  2  shows  that  girls'  training,  if  it  is  to 
meet  the  present  situation,  must  prepare  for  a  future 
in  specialized  clerical  work;  boys'  future  must  ap- 
parently be  thought  of  as  in  mostly  the  clerical  and 
administrative  fields.  The  term  "clerical"  as  here 
used,  covers  bookkeepers,  cashiers  and  accountants, 

104 


stenographers  and  typists,  clerks  and  a  miscellane- 
ous group  of  younger  workers  such  as  messengers, 
office  boys,  etc.  "Administrative"  covers  proprie- 
tors, officials,  managers,  supervisors,  and  agents,  but 
it  does  not  include  salespeople. 

The  usual  commercial  course  gives  impartially 
to  boys  and  girls  two  traditional  "subjects"  which 
they  are  to  apply  in  wage  earning  whatever  part  of 
the  wage  earning  field  they  may  enter.  These  are 
stenography  and  bookkeeping.  The  evidence  col- 
lected during  the  survey  shows  that  these  are  rarely 
found  in  combination  except  in  small  offices.  Of  the 
men  employed  who  are  stenographers,  the  majority 
are  of  two  kinds:  (1)  those  who  use  stenography  in- 
cidentally with  their  other  and  more  important  work 
as  clerks,  and  (2)  those  for  whom  stenography  is 
but  a  stepping-stone  to  another  kind  of  position. 
The  only  firms  which  make  a  practice  of  offering 
ordinary  stenographic  positions  for  boys  are  those 
which  restrict  themselves  to  male  employees  for 
every  kind  of  work. 

Independent  stenographic  work  of  various  kinds 
is  of  course  open  to  the  sexes  alike.  In  Cleveland 
there  are  a  few  women  in  court  stenography.  The 
10  public  stenographers'  offices  were  found  upon  in- 
quiry to  include  two  men  and  10  women.  No  figures 
regarding  convention  reporters  were  obtainable.  In 
the  positions  of  the  bookkeeping  group  also  there 
was  some  sex  difference.  The  accountants,  book- 
keepers, cashiers,  pay-masters  and  other  persons 
of  responsibility  are,  in  large  offices  where  both  sexes 

105 


work  together,  much  more  likely  to  be  men  than 
women;  the  assistants  who  work  with  these  may 
be  of  either  sex,  but  girls  and  women  are  likely  to 
make  up  the  greater  portion.  Of  the  small  office  this 
is  less  generally  true.  Boys  who  do  machine  operat- 
ing are  usually  clerks  whose  machine  work,  as  in  the 
case  of  stenography,  is  merely  an  adjunct  to  other 
work;  with  girls  machine  operating  is  either  the 
whole  of  the  position  or  the  most  important  part 
of  it. 

The  essential  difference  between  the  clerkship 
which  boys  for  the  most  part  hold  and  the  general 
clerical  work  which  girls  do  is  that  the  boys'  work  is 
unified  and  is  a  definite,  separate  responsible  part 
of  the  business,  usually  in  line  for  promotion  to  some 
other  clerkship;  the  girls'  is  a  miscellany  of  more  or 
less  unrelated  jobs  and  is  not  a  preparation  for  spe- 
cific promotion. 


A  General  View  of  Commercial  Work 

All  commercial  occupations  may  be  roughly  divided 
into  two  classes:  those  which  have  to  do  with  ad- 
ministrative, merchandising,  or  productive  work, 
and  those  which  carry  on  the  clerical  routine  which 
the  others  necessitate.  The  first  class  of  occupations 
may  be  designated  by  the  term  "  administrative 
work  "  and  the  second  by  "  clerical  work."  A  varying 
relation  exists  between  the  two  which  depends  chiefly 
upon  the  kind  of  business  represented.  In  some 
kinds  clerical  work  is  the  stepping  stone  by  which 

106 


administrative  work  is  reached;  in  others  employ- 
ment in  clerical  work  side-tracks  away  from  the  ad- 
ministrative work. 

There  is,  of  course,  a  future  of  promotion  within 
the  limits  of  clerical  work  without  reference  to  its 
relation  to  administrative  work.  The  practical  aspect 
of  it  is,  in  most  kinds  of  business,  that  the  subordi- 
nate clerical  positions  far  outnumber  the  chief  ones. 
Promotion  of  any  sort  depends  largely  upon  indi- 
vidual capacity;  but  this  general  distinction  may  be 
made  between  promotion  in  clerical  work  and  in  ad- 
ministrative work;  in  the  clerical  field  it  tends  to  be 
automatic  but  limited;  in  administrative  work  it 
comes  more  often  through  a  worker's  initiative  or 
individuality  than  through  automatic  progression 
and  it  has  no  arbitrary  limits. 

Obviously  one  kind  of  person  will  be  adapted  to 
an  administrative  career;  another  to  a  clerical  one. 
Even  a  beginner  in  wage  earning  might  be  able  to 
classify  himself  on  a  basis  like  this;  yet  it  is  not  essen- 
tial, for  in  many  cases  it  is  possible  that  his  first 
positions  recognize  this  choice.  He  needs  funda- 
mental experience  in  business  methods  whatever  he 
is  going  to  do;  and  for  most  administrative  positions 
he  needs  maturity.  He  can  achieve  both  by  serving 
an  apprenticeship  in  some  form  of  clerical  work. 
The  important  things  for  him  in  the  early  part  of  his 
career  are  to  understand  the  distinction  between  the 
two  classes  of  occupations;  to  sense  the  relation  he 
holds  to  the  business  as  a  whole;  and  to  act  intelli- 
gently in  the  matter  of  making  a  change. 

107 


Bookkeeping 
The  bookkeeping  which  modern  business,  except 
in  the  small  establishment,  demands  of  young 
workers  is  certainly  not  the  journal  and  ledger  book- 
keeping of  the  commercial  schools.  A  modern  office 
organization  may  have  in  its  bookkeeping  depart- 
ment of  20  persons  only  one  "bookkeeper."  This 
person  is  responsible  for  the  system  and  he  super- 
vises the  keeping  of  records  and  the  preparation  of 
statements.  A  minority  of  his  assistants  will  need 
to  be  able  to  distinguish  debits  from  credits;  the 
rest  will  be  occupied  in  making  simple  entries  or  in 
posting,  in  verifying  and  checking,  or  in  finding 
totals  with  the  aid  of  machines.  The  bookkeeping 
systems  employed  show  wide  variation,  not  only  in 
different  kinds  of  business,  but  in  different  establish- 
ments in  the  same  kinds  of  business.  Many  firms  are 
using  a  loose-leaf  system;  some  use  ledgers;  and 
others  have  a  system  of  record  keeping  which  calls 
for  neither  of  these  devices.  Bookkeeping  work, 
especially  in  the  positions  held  by  girls,  is  frequently 
combined  with  comptometer  or  adding  machine 
work,  with  typing,  billing,  filing,  or  statistical  work; 
but  rarely,  except  in  the  small  office,  are  bookkeeping 
and  stenography — the  Siamese  Twins  of  traditional 
and  commercial  training — found  linked  together. 

Stenography 

Stenography  is  used  throughout  business  chiefly  in 
correspondence;  to  a  less  extent  for  report  and  state- 

108 


ment  work,  for  legal  work,  and  for  printer's  copy. 
The  stenographer  in  any  business  office,  more  than 
other  clerical  workers,  is  supposed  to  look  after  a 
variety  of  unorganized  details  including  the  use  of 
office  appliances,  the  filing  of  letters,  and  sometimes 
dealing  with  patrons  or  visitors  in  the  absence  of  the 
employer.  She  is  more  important  to  the  employer 
in  his  personal  business  relations  than  any  other  em- 
ployee, except  in  the  case  of  those  few  employers  who 
have  private  secretaries. 


Clerks'  Positions 

In  the  case  of  large  corporations,  which  are  by  far 
the  largest  employers  of  clerks,  this  work  has  been 
standardized  to  a  marked  degree.  The  organization 
of  the  office  work  of  the  telegraph,  telephone,  and 
express  companies,  the  railroads,  and  the  occasional 
large  wholesale  company  in  Cleveland  is  a  nearly 
exact  duplication  of  that  of  other  district  or  division 
offices  controlled  by  these  companies  in  other  cities. 
The  same  is  true  of  the  Civil  Service.  Whatever 
effects  standardization  may  have  upon  opportunity, 
it  obviously  makes  for  definiteness  in  regard  to  train- 
ing requirements.  All  the  positions  are  graded  on  the 
basis  of  experience  and  responsibility  and  a  logical 
line  of  promotion  from  one  to  another  has  been 
worked  out. 

The  report  contains  detailed  studies  of  different 
kinds  of  clerical  work  in  the  offices  of  transportation 

and  public  utility  corporations,  retail  and  wholesale 

109 


stores,  manufacturing  establishments,  banks,  the 
civil  service,  and  small  offices  employing  relatively 
few  people.  In  each  of  these  such  matters  as  char- 
acter of  the  work,  opportunities  for  advancement, 
kind  of  training  needed  and  special  qualifications 
are  taken  up. 


Wages  and  Regularity  of  Employment 

Stated  briefly  the  conclusions  of  the  report  with 
respect  to  wages  and  regularity  of  employment  in 
office  positions  are  as  follows: 

The  wage  opportunities  for  clerical  workers,  espe- 
cially men,  lie  in  business  positions  outside  the  limits 
of  clerical  work.  Men  clerical  workers  average  about 
the  same  pay  as  salesmen  and  more  pay  than  in- 
dustrial workers.  Women  clerical  workers  receive 
more  than  either  saleswomen  or  industrial  workers. 
Employment  is  much  more  regular  in  clerical  work 
than  it  is  in  salesmanship  or  industrial  work.  For 
men  clerical  workers  the  wage  opportunity  is  better 
in  manufacturing  and  trade  than  in  some  kinds  of 
transportation  business.  For  women  it  is  better  in 
manufacturing  and  transportation  than  it  is  in  trade. 
Men's  wages  tend  to  be  higher  than  women's  in  all 
branches  of  clerical  work. 

Among  the  clerical  positions,  bookkeeping  shows 
the  highest  wage  average  for  men;  clerks'  positions 
show  the  lowest.  Stenography  shows  the  highest  for 
women;  machine  work  the  lowest.  Men  bookkeepers 
show  their  best  wage  average  in  the  wholesale  busi- 

110 


ness,  clerks  in  transportation,  and  stenographers  in 
manufacturing.  The  small  office  gives  better  wage 
opportunity  to  women  bookkeepers  and  men  ste- 
nographers; the  large  office  favors  women  stenogra- 
phers and  men  clerks. 

For  boys,  there  is  some  indication  that  advanced 
education  and  commercial  training,  in  their  present 
status,  are  less  closely  related  to  high  wages  than  are 
personal  qualities  and  experience.  For  girls,  the 
combination  of  high  school  education  and  business 
training  is  the  best  preparation  for  wage  advance- 
ment. A  general  high  school  education  and  usually, 
business  training,  are  essential  to  the  assurance  of 
even  a  living  wage.  Business  training  based  upon  less 
than  high  school  education  is  almost  futile. 


The  Problem  of  Training 

Six  chapters  of  the  report  are  devoted  to  a  con- 
sideration of  the  needs  and  possibilities  of  training. 
The  work  now  being  done  in  the  public  schools  of 
the  city  is  discussed  in  detail,  with  suggestions  for  a 
better  adaptation  of  the  courses  of  study  and  meth- 
ods and  content  of  instruction  to  the  needs  of  boys 
and  girls  who  wish  to  prepare  themselves  to  enter 
clerical  occupations.  The  observations  on  training 
for  such  work  may  be  summarized  as  follows : 

Commercial  training  should  be  open  to  all  students 
whom  commercial  subjects  and  methods  can  serve 
best;  but  graduation  should  depend  upon  a  high 
standard  of  efficiency. 

Ill 


Statistics  show  that  commercial  training  is  not  to 
be  looked  upon,  in  a  wholesale  way,  as  a  successful 
means  of  taking  care  of  backward  academic  students. 

Commercial  students'  need  for  cultural  and  other 
supplementary  education  may  be  even  greater  than 
that  of  academic  students. 

The  graduation  rate  of  commercial  students  in 
public  schools  has  been  increased  since  the  organiza- 
tion of  a  separate  commercial  high  school  and  the 
number  of  students  entering  has  been  decreased. 

Commercial  high  schools  receive  a  grade  of  chil- 
dren who  are  about  medium  in  scholarship  and 
normal  in  age. 

Commercial  and  academic  high  school  teachers 
are  similar  in  scholastic  preparation  and  in  the 
salaries  they  are  paid. 

The  Cleveland  Normal  School  does  not  prepare 
definitely  for  the  teaching  of  commercial  subjects. 
Commercial  teachers  are  nominally  supervised  by 
the  district  superintendents. 

Public  schools  receive  29  per  cent  of  the  city's  day 
commercial  students.  The  private  schools  receive  a 
few  more  than  the  sum  of  public,  parochial,  and 
philanthropic  schools. 

Public  schools  receive  22  per  cent  of  the  city's 
night  commercial  students.  The  private  schools 
receive  more  than  twice  as  many  as  the  public  and 
philanthropic  schools.  There  are  no  night  commercial 
classes  in  parochial  schools. 

The  length  of  the  day  course  in  most  private 


112 


schools  is  eight  months  or  less;  in  public  schools  it  is 
four  years. 

The  public  school,  if  it  believes  in  longer  prepara- 
tion for  commercial  work  than  most  private  schools 
give,  should  demonstrate  the  reason  to  parents  and 
children. 

Training  for  boys  and  girls  should  be  different  in 
content  and  in  emphasis. 

The  usual  course  of  study  in  commercial  schools 
is  suitable  for  girls  and  unsuitable  for  boys. 

A  girl  needs,  chiefly,  specific  training  in  some  one 
line  of  work.  She  has  a  choice  among  stenography, 
bookkeeping,  and  machine  operating. 

A  boy  needs,  chiefly,  general  education  putting 
emphasis  on  writing,  figuring,  and  spelling;  general 
information;  and  the  development  of  certain  quali- 
ties and  standards. 

For  students  electing  to  go  into  commercial  work, 
general  education  may  be  taught  more  effectively 
through  the  medium  of  commercial  subjects  than 
through  academic  ones. 

Boys'  training  looks  forward  to  both  clerical  work 
and  business  administration;  but  as  clerical  work  is  a 
preparation  for  business  and  is  likely  to  occupy  the 
first  few  years  of  wage  earning,  training  should  aim 
especially  to  meet  the  needs  of  clerical  positions. 

Clerical  positions  for  boys  cover  a  variety  of  work 
which  cannot  be  definitely  anticipated  and  cannot 
therefore  be  specifically  trained  for.  But  certain 
fundamental  needs  are  common  to  all. 


113 


Most  of  the  specialized  training  for  boys  should  be 
given  in  night  continuation  classes. 

Girl  stenographers  need  a  full  high  school  course 
for  its  educational  value  and  for  maturity.  Girls 
going  into  other  clerical  positions  can  qualify  with 
a  year  or  two  less  of  education;  but  immaturity  in 
any  case  puts  them  at  a  disadvantage. 

Boys'  training,  for  those  who  cannot  remain  in 
school,  should  be  compressed  into  fewer  than  four 
years.  Immaturity  in  the  case  of  boys  is  not  a  great 
disadvantage. 

Bookkeeping  has  general  value  in  the  information 
it  gives  about  business  methods  and  for  its  drill  in 
accuracy.  To  some  extent  it  may  aid  in  the  develop- 
ment of  reasoning. 

Much  of  the  bookkeeping  in  actual  use  in  business 
consists  in  making  entries  of  one  kind  only  and  in 
checking  and  verifying.  Understanding  of  debit  and 
credit,  posting,  and  trial  balance,  is  the  maximum 
practical  need  of  the  younger  workers. 

Penmanship  demands  compactness,  legibility, 
neatness,  and  ease  in  writing;  also,  the  correct 
writing  and  placing  of  figures. 

The  chief  demand  of  business  in  arithmetic  is  for 
fundamental  operations — adding  and  multiplying — 
also  for  ability  to  make  calculations  and  to  verify 
results  mentally. 

Undergraduate  experience  in  school  or  business 
offices  may  be  a  valuable  method  of  acquainting 
students  with  office  practice  and  routine  and  with 
business  organization  and  business  standards. 

114 


CHAPTER  XIII 

SUMMARY  OF  REPORT  ON  DEPARTMENT 
STORE  OCCUPATIONS 

The  field  covered  in  this  volume  is  limited  to  the 
business  of  retail  selling  as  carried  on  in  the  depart- 
ment stores  and  some  other  stores  of  Cleveland. 
The  retail  stores  considered  can  all  be  assigned  to  one 
of  the  three  following  classes:  (1)  The  department 
store  of  the  first  rank  which  draws  trade  not  only 
from  the  whole  city  and  the  suburbs  but  also  from 
the  towns  and  smaller  cities  of  a  large  surrounding 
district;  (2)  the  neighborhood  store  which  does  a 
smaller  business  within  narrower  limits,  drawing 
its  trade,  as  the  name  indicates,  from  the  immediate 
neighborhood;  (3)  the  five  and  ten  cent  store,  well 
known  by  syndicate  names,  where  no  merchandise 
which  must  be  sold  above  10  cents  is  carried. 


Department  Stores 

The  five  largest  department  stores  in  Cleveland  em- 
ploy about  5,800  people  distributed  among  several 
mercantile  departments,  and  in  a  variety  of  occupa- 
tions that  find  a  place  in  the  industry.  Of  these 
5,800  people  approximately  seven-tenths  are  women 

115 


and  three-tenths  are  men;  90  per  cent  are  over  18 
years  of  age  and  10  per  cent  are  under  18. 

The  entire  force  of  a  store  is  sometimes  arbitrarily 
divided  by  the  management  into  "productive/'  and 
" non-productive"  help.  From  40  to  60  per  cent  of 
the  employees  were  reported  as  actually  taking  in 
money,  while  the  remainder,  the  "  non-producers/ ' 
were  engaged  in  keeping  the  business  going  and  mak- 
ing it  possible  for  the  " producers"  to  sell  goods. 

The  greatest  number  of  opportunities  either  for 
employment  or  promotion  are  in  the  selling  force. 
This  is  often  spoken  as  being  "on  the  floor."  Both 
boys  and  girls  may  find  employment  here,  though  a 
large  majority  of  the  sales  force  is  made  up  of  them. 
Speaking  in  general  terms,  men  are  only  employed 
to  sell  men's  furnishings,  sporting  goods,  bulky  mer- 
chandise, such  as  rugs,  furniture,  blankets,  etc.,  and 
yard  goods  which  are  difficult  to  handle,  such  as 
household  linens  and  dress  goods.  Positions  as 
buyers  and  buyer's  assistants  are  not  restricted  by 
sex  and  boys  and  girls  may  both  consider  them  as  a 
possible  goal. 

Neighborhood  Stores 

A  neighborhood  store  is  that  type  of  department 
store  which  draws  its  trade  from  a  comparatively 
limited  area  of  which  the  store  is  the  center.  The 
kind  of  goods  carried  are  practically  the  same  as  in 
the  large  department  store  and  the  variety  of  mer- 
chandise may  be  nearly  as  great;  but  the  selection  is 
more  limited  because  of  the  small  stock. 

116 


Promotion  to  selling  positions  is  more  rapid  in  the 
neighborhood  stores  than  in  regular  department 
stores.  One  reason  for  this  is  that  a  larger  propor- 
tion of  the  force  is  "productive,"  t,  e.,  selling.  This 
proportion  may  run  as  high  as  80  or  even  90  per  cent, 
as  compared  with  the  40  to  60  per  cent  of  "pro- 
ductive" help  in  large  department  stores. 

Employment  in  these  stores  is  looked  upon  as  de- 
sirable preliminary  training  for  service  in  larger  de- 
partment stores.  This  is  the  general  opinion  held 
by  those  who  hire  the  employees  in  the  larger  stores. 
The  selling  experience  gained  in  neighborhood  stores 
is  looked  upon  as  general,  in  that  it  gives  an  ac- 
quaintance with  a  variety  of  merchandise  rather 
than  an  extensive  knowledge  of  any  line  of  stock. 
This  experience  makes  the  employee  adaptable  and 
resourceful.  Another  advantage  of  neighborhood 
training  for  sales  people  is  the  fact  that  they  are 
brought  into  closer  human  relations  with  the  cus- 
tomer and  thus  learn  the  value  of  personality  as  a 
factor  in  making  sales. 


Five  and  Ten  Cent  Stores 

Cleveland  had  in  the  fall  of  1915  six  large  stores 
where  nothing  costing  over  10  cents  is  sold.  These 
belong  to  three  syndicates  or  chains.  To  show  the 
extent  to  which  this  business  has  developed  it  may 
be  stated  that  the  largest  of  these  syndicates,  which 
controls  three  of  the  six  Cleveland  stores,  has  747 
branches  in  different  parts  of  the  country. 

117 


The  number  of  saleswomen  in  a  single  store  ranges 
from  12  to  70.  The  total  number  in  the  six  stores 
was  approximately  226.  The  shift  in  this  branch  of 
retail  trade  is  large,  as  there  are  continual  changes  in 
the  selling  force.  One  store  reported  the  number  of 
new  employees  hired  in  six  months  as  being  about 
equal  to  the  average  selling  force. 

The  managers  of  the  five  and  ten  cent  stores  with- 
out exception  stated  that  they  preferred  to  hire  be- 
ginners who  were  without  store  experience.  The 
hours  of  work  are  longer  and  the  conditions  under 
which  the  work  is  done  are  more  trying  than  is 
usually  the  case  in  the  larger  department  stores. 

The  girl  who  expects  her  application  for  employ- 
ment in  the  five  and  ten  cent  store  to  be  accepted 
must  be  18  years  old  in  order  that  she  may  legally 
work  after  six  o'clock.  It  is  better  for  her  to  be  with- 
out previous  selling  experience  (unless  in  other  five 
and  ten  cent  stores),  as  employers  in  these  stores 
prefer  to  train  help  according  to  their  own  methods. 


Wages  and  Employment 

The  wages  paid  beginners  in  the  department  stores 
are  fair  as  compared  with  other  industries  employing 
the  same  grade  of  help.  Boys  and  girls  when  they 
first  enter  employment  receive  from  $3.50  to  $7,  de- 
pending on  the  store  where  they  get  their  first  job. 
In  addition  to  the  salary  most  department  stores 
give  bonuses  or  commissions  through  which  the 
members  of  the  sales  force  may  increase  their  com- 

118 


pensation.  The  Survey  Staff  worked  out  compari- 
sons on  the  basis  of  data  supplied  by  the  State  In- 
dustrial Commission  between  the  earnings  of  workers 
in  department  store  occupations  and  those  in  other 


LMT»J4Jb£- 


$15  and  over 


Workers  in  millinery  and  lace  goods 

3 


Saleswomen  in  retail  and  wholesale  stores 

IF1 


M 


m 


m± 


2^£^ 


10 


Employees  in  women's  clothing  factories 


Wage  earners  (not  clerks  or  salespeople)  in  stores 
Workers  in  telephone  and  telegraph  offices 

' ,—  ,  I  1 


Diagram  3. — Per  cent  of  women  earning  each  class  of  weekly 
wages  in  each  of  six  occupations 


industries.  Diagram  3  shows  graphically  a  compari- 
son of  the  wages  of  women  workers  in  six  different 
industries.  An  interesting  point  brought  out  by  this 
graphic  comparison  is  that  retail  trade  constitutes  a 

119 


much  better  field  for  women's  employment  as  com- 
pared with  the  great  majority  of  positions  open  to 
them  in  other  lines  than  is  commonly  assumed  to  be 
the  case.  This  is  brought  out  even  more  clearly  in 
Table  15,  which  compares,  on  a  percentage  basis, 
those  who  earn  $12  a  week  and  over,  in  all  of  the  in- 
dustries of  the  city  employing  as  many  as  500  women 
in  1914. 

TABLE  15.— PER  CENT  OF  WOMEN  EMPLOYEES  OVER  18  YEARS 
OF  AGE  EARNING  $12  A  WEEK  AND  OVER 

Office  employees,  in  retail  and  wholesale  stores.  .31.8 

Employees  in  women's  clothing  factories 22.5 

Saleswomen  in  retail  and  wholesale  stores 21.0 

Employees  in  men's  clothing  factories 13.3 

Employees  in  hosiery  and  knit  goods  factories. .  7.9 
Employees  in  printing  and  publishing  establish- 
ments    7.7 

Employees  in  telephone  and  telegraph  offices ...   6.3 
Employees  in  laundries  and  dry  cleaning  estab- 

ments 4.4 

Employees  in  cigar  and  tobacco  factories 3.9 

Employees  in  gas  and  electric  fixtures  concerns . .  3.2 

If  the  data  were  for  retail  stores  only  and  did  not  in- 
clude wholesale  stores,  then  office  work,  which  now 
stands  at  the  head  of  the  list,  would  probably  not 
make  so  good  a  showing,  although  the  superiority 
over  the  selling  positions  is,  from  the  wage-earning 
standpoint,  so  marked  that  there  seems  to  be  no  es- 
cape from  the  conclusion  that  on  the  whole  women 
office  workers  are  better  paid  than  women  in  the 
sales  force.  On  the  other  hand  the  proportion  of  sales- 
women earning  $12  and  over  is  from  nearly  seven 
times  as  great  to  not  far  from  twice  as  great  as  it  is 
in  the  factory  industries,  if  we  except  the  workers 

120 


in  women's  clothing  factories,  whose  earnings  per 
week  are  better  than  those  of  the  saleswomen. 

With  respect  to  the  men  employed  on  the  sales 
force  of  the  department  stores  a  somewhat  different 
situation  exists.  In  Diagram  4  a  comparison  is  made 
of  the  wages  paid  in  sales  positions  with  the  wages 
paid  in  clerical  positions.  Here  it  will  be  noted  that 
men  who  sell  goods  in  retail  and  wholesale  stores  earn 
more  on  the  average  than  men  occupying  clerical 
positions,  such  as  bookkeepers,  stenographers,  and 


$25  and  over 


Salesmen  in  stores 


Clerical  workers  in  stores 


Diagram  4. — Per  cent  of  salesmen  and  of  men  clerical  workers 
in  stores  receiving  each  class  of  weekly  wage 


office  clerks.  This  comparison  does  not  include 
traveling  salesmen.  A  further  comparison  of  the 
earnings  of  the  men  in  stores  with  the  earnings  of 
male  workers  (omitting  office  clerks)  in  the  different 
industries  of  the  city  employing  the  largest  number 
of  men  is  given  in  Diagram  5,  which  shows  the  per 
cent  in  each  industry  earning  $18  a  week  and  over. 

In  comparing  wages  in  stores  with  those  in  the 
manufacturing  industries  it  must  be  not  forgotten 

121 


that  the  working  day  and  week  in  the  larger  stores 
is  shorter  than  in  most  of  the  factories.  Hence  a 
comparison  of  earnings  on  the  basis  of  wage  per 
hour  would  show  a  still  greater  advantage  in  favor 
of  both  sales  persons  and  clerical  workers. 


Printing  and 

publishing  eetablishmenta 


50 


Steel  work 8  and 
rolling  mills 


31 


Automobile 
factories 


30 


RETAIL  AND 
WHOLESALE  STORES 


2S 


Stove  and 
furnace  factories 


27 


Foundry  and  machine 
shop  products 


2k 


Diagram  5. — Per  cent  of  male  workers  in  non-clerical  positions 
in  six  industries  earning  $18  per  week  and  over 


Regularity  of  Employment 

In  department  store  work  and  in  nearly  all  branches 
of  retail  selling  there  is  a  marked  fluctuation  in  the 
number  employed  during  the  year.  Sales  work  in 
the  department  stores  is  seasonal  in  the  sense  that 
a  large  number  of  extra  sales  women  are  taken  on 
during  the  Christmas  season  for  a  period  of  tempo- 
rary employment,  usually  lasting  from  one  to  two 
months.  The  proportion  of  the  total  working  force 
for  the  whole  year  employed  in  such  transient  jobs 

122 


is  approximately  one-fourth.  How  selling  positions 
in  retail  and  wholesale  stores  compare  with  other 
fields  of  employment  in  this  respect  is  seen  in  Dia- 
gram 6. 


Workers  in  telephone  and  telegraph  offices 

Average  Employed  —  9*$ 


Office  workers  in  retail  and  wholesale  stores 


Average  Employed  —  9l£ 


Wage  earners  (not  clerks  or  salespeople)   in  stores 


Average  Employed  —  Slf> 


Employees  in  women's  clothing  factories 


Average  Employed  —  83J& 


Saleswomen  in  retail  and  wholesale  stores 


Average  Employed  —  79/& 


Workers  in  millinery  and  lace  goods 


Average  Employed  —  59^ 


Diagram  6. — Per  cent  that  the  average  number  of  women  em- 
ployed during  the  year  is  of  the  highest  number  employed  in 
each  of  six  industries 


Opportunities  for  Advancement 
In  regard  to  promotion  in  department  stores  it 
should  be  noted  that  as  a  rule  the  executives  are 
made  in  the  business  and  are  not,  as  in  some  in- 
dustries, brought  in  from  the  outside  because  they 

123 


must  have  some  special  training  which  the  organiza- 
tion itself  does  not  provide.  Not  only  in  Cleveland 
but  in  other  cities  where  studies  of  the  same  kind 
have  been  made  it  has  been  found  that  practically 
all  the  people  holding  important  floor  positions  have 
come  up  from  the  ranks.  The  various  lines  of  pro- 
motion through  the  different  departments  are  an- 
alyzed in  detail  in  the  report. 


The  Problem  of  Training 
That  vocational  training  for  department  store  em- 
ployees is  both  desirable  and  possible  is  proved  by 
the  fact  that  most  of  the  large  stores  in  Cleveland 
make  some  provision  for  the  instruction  of  their 
workers.  Some  of  these  classes  are  carefully  organ- 
ized and  excellently  taught  with  every  promise  of 
increasing  in  usefulness.  Others  employ  methods  of 
instruction  which  belong  to  the  academic  school  of 
an  earlier  decade  and  give  evidence  that  the  problem 
of  vocational  training  with  which  they  are  presum- 
ably concerned  is  not  even  understood. 

From  the  standpoint  of  the  school  there  are  two 
well  recognized  kinds  of  training  possible  for  depart- 
ment store  employees:  trade  preparatory  and  trade 
extension  training.  Eventually  it  may  prove  prac- 
ticable to  organize  instruction  of  both  kinds,  but  it 
is  the  opinion  of  the  author  of  the  report  that  under 
present  conditions  the  surest  results  can  be  expected 
from  trade  extension  training.  In  trade  extension  in- 
struction the  members  of  the  group  to  be  dealt  with 

124 


have  already  secured  their  foothold  in  the  industry; 
and  having  mastered  at  least  the  rudiments  of  their 
job  they  have  acquired  a  basis  of  experience  which 
may  be  utilized  for  purposes  of  instruction.  These 
people  are  responsive  to  teaching  organized  with  re- 
gard to  their  needs,  for  daily  experience  is  demon- 
strating to  them  their  deficiencies. 

The  success  of  the  proposed  training  will  largely 
depend  upon  the  employment  of  simple  and  direct 
methods  that  shall  place  this  knowledge  in  the  hands 
and  head  of  the  person  or  group  needing  it.  The 
application  of  this  instruction  must  be  immediate 
and  practical  and  must  not  be  dependent  upon  the 
working  out  of  a  complicated  course  or  schedule. 

The  organization  must  be  flexible  enough  to  admit 
of  bringing  together  a  group  having  a  common  need, 
although  they  may  come  from  different  departments 
of  the  business.  Since  the  unit  of  class  organization 
is  not  previous  school  experience  or  similar  employ- 
ment, it  will  be  seen  that  this  class  should  be  held 
only  until  the  need  is  fully  supplied  and  should  then 
give  place  to  another  organized  on  the  same  basis. 

As  in  all  vocational  teaching,  the  size  of  the  class 
should  be  limited.  To  make  this  work  really  effec- 
tive, the  instructor  should  come  in  sufficiently  close 
contact  with  all  pupils  to  enable  him  to  obtain  a 
personal  knowledge  of  their  needs  and  capabilities. 
A  further  necessity  for  small  classes  and  individual 
instruction  is  found  in  the  fact  that  there  is  a  con- 
stant shift  of  employees  in  the  industry  as  well  as 
frequent  accessions  from  the  outside. 

125 


It  readily  can  be  seen  that  this  is  not  a  problem  of 
the  regular  school  and  that  it  cannot  be  met  by  ordi- 
nary classroom  methods.  Part  time  or  continuation 
classes,  such  as  have  already  proved  feasible  for 
other  kinds  of  trade  instruction,  are  the  most  practi- 
cable methods  of  doing  this  work. 

Classes  for  the  instruction  of  employees  are  al- 
ready maintained  in  the  majority  of  large  stores. 
The  extension  of  this  plan  of  separate  responsibility 
is  one  way  of  meeting  the  problem.  But  this  method 
has  certain  obvious  faults.  The  unequal  opportunity 
which  it  affords  to  department  store  employees  as  a 
body  is  a  conspicuous  drawback.  The  value  of  the 
instruction  so  given,  moreover,  will  always  depend 
to  a  large  extent  on  the  comprehension  of  the  prob- 
lem by  the  firm  maintaining  the  classes.  The  method 
involves  much  duplication  of  effort,  which  is  par- 
ticularly wasteful  when  the  instruction  of  small 
groups  is  involved. 

Another  possible  method  would  be  for  the  several 
department  stores  to  get  together  and  cooperate  in 
providing  instruction.  There  would  seem  to  be  no 
reason  why  stores  should  not  unite  for  this  purpose 
as  well  as  for  any  other.  The  advantages  of  this 
method  are  economy  of  maintenance  and  adminis- 
tration, the  ability  to  command  expert  service,  and 
the  possibility  of  securing  and  sharing  the  results  of  a 
great  variety  of  such  experiences  as  does  not  consist 
of  exclusive  trade  secrets. 

The  number  of  people  whom  it  would  be  necessary 
to  employ  exclusively  for  the  purpose  of  conducting 

126 


these  classes  would  be  small  as  compared  with  the 
results  accomplished.  Collectively  these  stores  now 
have  in  their  employ  a  body  of  highly  paid  experts 
in  all  lines  of  merchandise.  A  large  amount  of  the 
most  accurate  technical  knowledge  covering  the 
work  of  all  departments  is  already  available  in  the 
several  stores.  These  are  valuable  resources  which 
should  be  utilized  by  a  cooperative  school  of  this 
kind. 

For  the  head  of  such  a  school,  it  would  be  desirable 
to  secure  a  man  or  woman  of  more  than  usual  ability 
and  discernment  who,  above  all  else,  could  sense  the 
business  and  routine  of  each  contributing  store  from 
the  standpoint  of  the  employee  and  of  store  organ- 
ization. It  would  be  the  business  of  this  person  to 
become  familiar  with  the  available  sources  of  knowl- 
edge in  the  different  stores  and  then  arrange  for  the 
presentation  of  this  knowledge  to  the  various  classes. 
By  cooperation  with  the  floor  men,  heads  of  sections 
and  departments,  as  well  as  with  the  employees 
themselves,  he  should  come  into  close  contact  with 
the  requirements  of  the  workers  and  should  gather 
from  the  different  stores  those  who,  because  of  their 
common  need,  can  be  made  into  a  "school  unit." 
It  would  also  be  necessary  to  employ  assistants  of 
practical  experience  who  would  attend  to  the  details 
of  routine  teaching,  and  act  as  interpreters  for  those 
experts  who  have  the  knowledge  but  not  the  ability 
to  impart  it  even  to  a  small  class. 

It  is  realized  that  a  scheme  of  this  kind  would  in- 
volve the  overcoming  of  many  objections  and  diffi- 

127 


culties  of  adjustment  before  it  could  be  put  into 
actual  operation.  It  would  necessitate  mutual  con- 
cessions and  forbearance  on  the  part  of  everybody 
concerned,  but  the  results  would  unquestionably 
justify  the  labor. 

A  third  method,  already  in  operation  in  Boston, 
New  York,  and  Buffalo,  calls  for  the  cooperation  of 
the  stores  and  the  schools.  This  partnership,  it  is 
claimed,  makes  certain  that  the  needs  of  the  pupil 
are  considered  before  the  demands  of  the  business. 
It  insures  equal  opportunity  for  all  employees  so  far 
as  instruction  is  concerned  and  it  divides  the  ex- 
pense of  maintenance  between  the  industry  and  the 
school.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  this  scheme  fre- 
quently results  in  the  employment  of  teachers  who, 
although  certificated  for  regular  school  work,  have 
no  other  qualifications,  instead  of  persons  of  practical 
experience.  The  employment  of  such  teachers  too 
often  leads  to  the  following  of  ordinary  school  prac- 
tices and  academic  traditions  rather  than  the  meth- 
ods and  practice  of  business. 

In  some  quarters  it  is  maintained  that  this  in- 
struction should  be  entirely  taken  over  by  the  public 
schools,  thus  relieving  the  store  of  any  responsibility 
in  the  matter.  It  is  probably  not  now  advisable  for 
the  school  to  assume  full  responsibility  for  such  train- 
ing. The  heavy  expense  involved  and  the  physical 
limitations  of  the  schools  would  make  it  difficult, 
without  the  cooperation  of  the  store,  to  reproduce 
the  trade  atmosphere  necessary  for  real  vocational 
training.  As  a  result,  the  instruction  would  become 

128 


abstract  and  theoretical,  with  the  major  portion  of 
the  effort  limited  to  a  continuation  of  elementary 
school  subjects  taught  with  reference  to  their  appli- 
cation to  department  store  work. 


Character  of  the  Instruction 

The  analysis  of  the  industry  shows  that  in  each  occu- 
pation or  job  there  is  a  definite  amount  of  knowl- 
edge which  must  be  acquired  by  the  efficient  worker. 
A  study  of  this  analysis  and  of  the  examples  of  tech- 
nical knowledge  needed  by  the  worker  at  different 
points  in  the  industry  will  show  that  no  such  thing 
as  a  general  course  is  possible.  In  every  case  the 
character  of  the  instruction  should  be  such  that  it 
will  answer  a  definite  need  of  the  employee.  What 
this  instruction  should  be  in  specific  cases  can  be 
settled  only,  on  the  one  hand,  by  a  thorough  analysis 
of  the  occupation  to  determine  what  demands  it 
makes  upon  the  workers,  and  on  the  other,  by  a  care- 
ful study  of  the  workers  themselves  to  ascertain  how 
far  they  have  been  unable  to  meet  these  demands 
without  assistance.  Lessons  can  then  be  organized 
dealing  with  such  subject  matter  as  individuals  or 
groups  have  failed  to  grasp,  the  lack  of  which  limits 
their  efficiency  or  restricts  their  usefulness.  It  can 
readily  be  seen  that  this  instruction  will  cover  a  wide 
range  of  subjects,  from  the  use  of  fractions  needed  by 
checkers  and  salesgirls  in  yard  goods  sections,  to  the 
special  technical  knowledge  of  fine  furs  required  by 
the  salesperson  who  handles  this  merchandise. 
9  129 


The  method  by  which  this  instruction  can  best  be 
given  is  in  a  series  of  short  unit  courses.  In  every 
case  the  length  of  the  course  is  to  be  determined  by 
the  subject  matter.  For  instance,  two  one-half  hour 
lessons  may  be  a  "course/'  when  this  time  is  suffi- 
cient for  the  necessary  teaching. 

The  group  or  class  to  which  this  instruction  is 
given  might  be  made  up  of  those  who  need  the  same 
technical  knowledge,  although  they  might  expect 
to  make  a  different  application  of  this  instruction. 
For  instance,  the  unit  course  on  silks  might  be  given 
to  a  group  composed  of  salespeople  from  the  silk 
section,  the  waists  and  gowns  section,  and  the  section 
of  men's  neckwear. 

The  report  gives  detailed  examples  of  the  kinds  of 
technical  knowledge  needed  in  the  different  depart- 
ments of  the  store.  It  maintains  that  such  instruc- 
tion cannot  be  successfully  given  by  regular  school 
teachers.  As  in  other  industries  the  teacher  needs 
actual  experience  in  the  occupation  for  which  train- 
ing is  given.  Academic  training  and  teaching  ex- 
perience are  desirable  and  valuable,  but  among  the 
qualifications  demanded  of  a  teacher  of  this  kind 
they  are  of  secondary  importance. 

The  final  chapter  of  the  report  contains  valuable 
instructions  for  young  persons  who  desire  to  secure 
positions  in  retail  trade.  These  instructions  cover 
such  matters  as  work  papers,  methods  of  securing  a 
position,  and  requirements  for  employment  in  vari- 
ous kinds  of  department  store  work. 


130 


CHAPTER  XIV 

SUMMARY  OF  REPORT  ON  THE 
GARMENT  TRADES 

The  clothing  industry  in  Cleveland  has  grown  very 
rapidly  in  recent  years.  During  the  10  year  period 
from  1900-10  the  number  of  persons  employed  in 
the  industry  increased  approximately  100  per  cent. 
This  increase  was  much  greater  than  the  increase 
throughout  the  country  as  a  whole  and  was  more 
than  twice  as  large  as  the  increase  in  the  population 
of  the  city.  There  is  every  indication  that  this  rapid 
growth  is  still  continuing.  It  is  estimated  that  ap- 
proximately 10,000  workers  are  employed  in  the  in- 
dustry at  the  present  time. 

The  distribution  of  men  and  women  in  the  in- 
dustry is  most  interesting.  The  making  of  men's 
garments  has  been  more  fully  standardized  and  is 
subject  to  fewer  changes  than  the  making  of  women's 
garments.  In  this  standardized  and  systematized 
branch  of  the  industry  the  women  now  outnumber 
the  men.  In  the  manufacture  of  women's  garments, 
where  the  styles  change  more  frequently  and  the 
work  is  of  a  more  varied  character,  more  men  than 
women  are  employed. 

The  methods  of  work  are  of  three  general  types: 

131 


The  old  tailoring  system  known  as  "team  work,"  or 
a  slight  modification  of  it;  piece  operating;  and  sec- 
tion work.  Under  the  team  system,  used  extensively 
in  the  making  of  women's  coats,  a  head  tailor  hires 
his  own  helpers  (operators  and  finishers),  supervises 
them  and  pays  them  by  the  week  out  of  the  lump 
sum  he  receives  for  the  garments  from  the  clothing 
establishment.  Under  the  piece  operating  system 
each  operator  sews  up  all  the  seams  on  one  "piece, " 
or  garment,  and  each  finisher  does  all  the  hand  sewing 
on  one  garment.  Each  operator  and  each  finisher 
is  an  independent  worker.  The  whole  body  of  fin- 
ishers keeps  pace  with  the  whole  body  of  operators. 
Piece  operating  is  used  almost  entirely  in  dress  and 
skirt  making,  and  to  some  extent  in  coat  making. 
The  section  system  is  based  on  the  subdivision  of 
processes  into  a  number  of  minor  operations.  The 
workers  are  divided  into  groups,  each  group  making 
a  certain  part  of  the  garment.  The  various  opera- 
tions are  divided  into  as  many  minor  operations  as 
the  number  of  workers  and  quantity  and  kind  of 
materials  will  warrant.  Each  of  these  minor  opera- 
tions is  performed  by  operators  who  do  nothing  else. 
This  specialization  has  been  carried  to  a  high  degree 
in  the  manufacture  of  men's  clothing,  and  section 
work  is  increasingly  used  on  women's  coats. 


Characteristics  of  the  Working  Force 

One  of  the  objects  of  the  study  was  to  find  how  many 
positions  there  are  for  men  and  women  in  each  occu- 

132 


pation  in  the  industry.  Through  the  cooperation  of 
employers  data  were  obtained  from  the  records  of 
50  establishments  employing  a  total  of  8,337  garment 
workers,  approximately  four-fifths  of  the  total  number 
in  the  city.  The  distribution  of  workers  by  sex  in 
the  various  occupations  is  shown  in  Diagram  7.  The 
apportioning  of  work  to  the  two  sexes  seems  to  de- 
pend partly  upon  the  weight  of  materials  and  partly 
upon  previous  training.  The  men  are  mostly  foreign 
born  tailors  who  have  had  the  kind  of  training  neces- 
sary for  the  more  complicated  work.  The  women  are 
largely  American  born  of  foreign  parentage,  trained 
in  American  shops  and  employed  chiefly  upon  opera- 
tions that  may  be  learned  in  a  relatively  short  time. 
Cutting  and  pressing  are  practically  monopolized  by 
men.  Nearly  all  hand  sewers  are  women,  except  for 
a  few  basters  on  men's  clothing.  Most  designers  are 
men,  although  a  few  women  designers  are  found  in 
dress  and  waist  shops. 

In  the  largest  trade, — machine  operating, — about 
two-thirds  of  the  workers  are  women.  In  no  trade 
in  which  both  sexes  are  employed  is  the  difference 
in  their  work  more  apparent.  The  weight  of  ma- 
terials decides  to  some  extent  the  division  of  operat- 
ing between  men  and  women.  Some  employers  are 
of  the  opinion  that  garments  made  of  such  thick  ma- 
terials as  plush,  corduroys,  and  cheviots  are  too 
heavy  to  be  manipulated  under  needle  machinery  by 
women  and  consequently  employ  only  men  operators. 
Where  light  weight  materials  are  used,  as  in  the 
manufacture  of  dresses  and  waists,  delicacy  in  hand- 

133 


• 

O 

3 

Designers 

Trimmers 

Examiners 

53  men 

29  men 

67  men 

k  women 

1^3  women 

12U  women 

Total  57 

Total  172 

Total  191 

J 

O 

• 

Forepersons 

Miscellaneous 

Cutters 

192  men 

50  men 

6l6  men 

98  women 

286  women 

3  women 

Toted  290 

Total  336 

Total  619 

•J 

Press ere 

O 

Hand  sewers 

3 

Machine  operators 

731  »«i 

122  men 

1U48  men 

98  women 

1825  women 

2U4g  women 

Total  829 

Total  19^7 

Total  3896 

Diagram  7. — Distribution  of  8,337  clothing  workers  by  sex  in 
the  principal  occupations  in  the  garment  industry 


134 


ling  is  required,  and  nearly  all  the  operators  are 
women. 

Four-fifths  of  the  men  and  two-fifths  of  the  women 
employed  in  the  industry  are  of  foreign  birth  and  the 
majority  of  the  native  born  workers  are  of  foreign 
parentage.  There  is  an  increasing  demand  for  work- 
ers who  understand  English,  due  to  the  fact  that  they 
are  able  to  follow  directions  more  intelligently. 

There  are  relatively  few  workers  under  the  age 
of  18.  Many  firms  will  employ  no  one  under  this  age 
because  of  various  complications  which  arise  in  con- 
nection with  the  age  and  schooling  certification  of 
girls  between  the  ages  of  16  and  18.  Of  25  women's 
clothing  factories  visited  during  the  Survey  only 
nine  had  any  workers  under  18.  According  to  the 
report  of  the  Industrial  Commission  of  Ohio  for  1914 
only  eight  per  cent  of  the  workers  employed  in  mak- 
ing men's  clothing,  and  less  than  two  per  cent  of  the 
workers  employed  in  making  women's  clothing  were 
under  18  years  of  age. 


Earnings 

In  general  the  wages  paid  in  garment  making  com- 
pare favorably  with  those  of  other  manufacturing 
industries.  This  is  particularly  true  with  respect  to 
the  earnings  of  women  workers.  A  considerably 
larger  proportion  of  the  women  employed  in  the  gar- 
ment industry  earn  what  may  be  considered  high 
wages  for  industrial  workers  than  in  any  of  the  larger 
factory  industries  of  the  city.  This  is  clearly  shown 

135 


WOMEN'S  CLOTHING 

55 


Retail  and  wholesale  stores 

1 


MEN'S  CLOTHING 


Hosiery  and  knit  goods 


Printing  and  publishing 


Laundries 


Gas  and  electric  fixtures 

ft] 


Under  $8    $8  to  $12    $12  and  over 

l 


] 

Diagram  8. — Percentage  of  women  in  men's  and  women's 
clothing  and  seven  other  important  women  employing  in- 
dustries receiving  under  $8,  $8  to  $12,  and  $12  and  over  per 
week 


136 


in  Diagram  8  which  lists  nine  of  the  principal  fields 
of  industrial  employment  for  women.  The  propor- 
tions of  women  receiving  under  $8  a  week  are  lower 
in  men's  and  women's  clothing  than  in  the  other 
seven  industries.  In  the  proportion  of  women  re- 
ceiving $12  and  over,  women's  clothing  ranks  first 
and  men's  clothing  third. 

The  comparison  of  the  wages  paid  men  employees 
shown  in  Diagram  9  is  somewhat  less  favorable. 
Women's  clothing  ranks  with  printing  and  publish- 
ing as  to  the  proportion  of  male  workers  receiving 
the  highest  specified  earnings  per  week.  Men's 
clothing  ranks  sixth  among  the  industries  compared. 

The  various  kinds  of  work  do  not  command  fixed 
wage  rates,  as  do  many  other  types  of  industrial  em- 
ployment. Quantity  of  output  as  well  as  quality  of 
workmanship  is  an  important  factor  in  the  deter- 
mination of  wages.  Men  generally  turn  out  a  greater 
output  than  women  on  the  same  kind  of  work  and 
piece  workers  usually  earn  more  than  those  paid  by 
the  week.  The  lowest,  average,  and  highest  wages  for 
each  of  the  principal  occupations  in  the  two  branches 
of  the  industry  are  shown  in  Tables  16  and  17. 

One  reason  often  given  for  the  higher  earnings  re- 
ceived by  workers  on  women's  garments  is  the  greater 
irregularity  of  employment  in  this  branch  of  the  in- 
dustry. This,  however,  does  not  sufficiently  account 
for  the  difference.  The  most  weighty  reason  is  that 
a  higher  degree  of  adaptability  is  required  of  workers 
than  is  the  case  in  the  manufacture  of  men's  clothing. 


137 


Printing  and  publishin 


WOMEN'S  CLOTHING 
Automobiles 


Steel  works  and  rolling  mills 


Shipbuilding  including  boatbuildini 
MEN'S  CLOTHINa 


Stoves  and  furnaces 

m 

Foundry  and  machine  shop  products 


Electrical  machinery,  apparatus,  and  supplies 
Under  $18    $18  to  $25    $25  and  over 

■■■i  w///Mm   i  i 

Diagram  9. — Percentage  of  men  in  men's  and  women's  clothing 
and  seven  other  manufacturing  industries  receiving  under  $18, 
$18  to  $25,  and  $25  and  over  per  week 


138 


TABLE   16.— WAGES   FOR   FULL-TIME   WORKING   WEEK, 
WOMEN'S  CLOTHING,  CLEVELAND,  1915 


Workers 

Lowest 

Average 

Highest 

Assorters,  women 

$6.00 

$8.75 

$14.00 

Hand  sewers,  women 

6.00 

10.00 

20.00 

Trimming  girls 

7.00 

10.25 

15.00 

Operators,*  women 

6.00 

12.00 

30.00 

Sample  makers,  women 

10.00 

12.75 

15.00 

Examiners,  women 

8.00 

13.50 

18.00 

Models,  suit  and  cloak 

10.00 

15.25 

21.00 

Forewomen 

9.00 

16.25 

25.00 

Operators,*  men 

7.00 

17.75 

50.00 

Pressers,  men 

9.00 

18.25 

35.00 

Cutters,  f  men 

8.00 

19.25 

30.00 

Pattern  graders,  suit  and  cloak,  men 

13.00 

22.00 

27.50 

Sample  makers,  men 

13.00 

22.50 

25.00 

Examiners,  men 

16.00 

25.00 

45.00 

Head  tailors,  men 

18.00 

25.00 

Foremen 

14.00 

30.00 

75.00 

*  Includes  piece  and  section  operators  and  helpers  to  head  tailors 

t  Includes  all  cutters  except  foremen,  apprentices,  and  pattern  graders 


TABLE    17.— AVERAGE    WAGES    FOR    FULL-TIME    WORKING 

WEEK    FOR     SIMILAR     WORKERS,     MEN'S     AND     WOMEN'S 

CLOTHING,  CLEVELAND,  1915 


Workers 


Hand  sewers,  women 
Section  operators,  women 
Examiners,  women 
Section  operators,  men 
Pressers,  under 
Forewomen 
Pressers,  upper 
Cutters,  cloth 
Examiners,  men 
Foremen 


Men's 

Women's 

clothing 

clothing 

$9.50 

$10.00 

9.25 

11.25 

7.00 

13.50 

16.50 

15.25 

12.00 

15.75 

11.00 

16.25 

18.50 

19.50 

18.75 

20.00 

17.75 

25.00 

29.25 

30.00 

Regularity  of  Employment 

The  making  of  women's  clothing  is  seasonal,  to  meet 
a  seasonal  purchasing  demand.  Most  people  pur- 
chase their  summer  clothes  in  April  and  May,  and 

139 


their  winter  clothes  in  October  and  November. 
During  the  months  previous  to  these  purchasing 
seasons  a  large  number  of  workers  are  needed,  but 
after  the  height  of  the  purchasing  period  employ- 
ment becomes  less  and  less  steady  until  the  first  de- 
mands of  the  new  season  are  felt.  During  the  rush 
season  a  greater  number  of  workers  is  employed,  or 
the  output  may  be  augmented  by  increasing  the 
speed  at  which  the  work  is  performed  or  the  number 
of  hours  in  the  working  day.  A  combination  of  these 
methods  is  frequently  used.  During  dull  periods  the 
workers  may  be  busy  from  a  few  hours  a  week  to  full 
working  time;  while  in  rush  periods  they  may  work 
not  only  the  regular  working  hours,  but  in  addition 
a  good  deal  of  over-time. 

Compared  with  other  manufacturing  industries 
as  regards  regularity  of  employment  men's  clothing 
makes  an  excellent  showing  while  women's  clothing 
ranks  low.  In  Diagram  10  the  average  number  of 
unemployed  among  each  100  workers  is  shown  for 
men's  and  women's  clothing  and  for  15  other  large 
manufacturing  industries  in  the  city.  Men's  cloth- 
ing leads  the  list,  with  an  average  unemployment  of 
four  among  each  100  workers,  while  women's  cloth- 
ing ranks  14th,  with  15  among  each  100. 


Training  and  Promotion 

Designers  learn  their  work  through  apprenticeships 
to  custom  tailors  and  cutters  and  by  taking  supple- 
mentary courses  in  drafting  and  grading  of  patterns 

140 


Men1 8  clothing  U 


Foundry  and  machine  shop  products 


Steel  worke  and  rolling  mills 


Copper,  tin,  and  sheet  iron  products 


Lumber  and  planing  mill  products 


Bolts,  nuts,  washers,  rivets 


Furniture  and  refrigerators 


Stoves  and  furnaces 


Hosiery  and  knit  goods 


Automobiles 


Cutlery  and  tools 


Women's  clothing 


Gas  and  electric  fixtures 


Slaughtering  and  meat  packing 


Shipbuilding 


Printing  and  publishing 


Electrical  machinery 


Diagram  10. — The  black  portions  of  the  bars  show  the  average 
number  of  unemployed  among  each  100  workers  in  men's 
clothing,  women's  clothing  and  15  other  specified  industries 

in  a  designing  school.  Most  designers  in  Cleveland 
have  had  training  in  designing  schools  in  New  York 
or  Chicago. 

With  but  few  exceptions  organized  training  for 

141 


machine  operating  is  found  only  in  the  largest  estab- 
lishments. There  is  general  agreement  among  em- 
ployers that  it  takes  a  girl  who  has  never  operated  a 
machine  before  about  four  weeks  to  learn  an  easy 
operation  well  enough  to  be  taken  on  at  regular 
piece  rates.  A  much  longer  time  is  required  to  be- 
come a  first  class  worker  on  a  single  operation,  and 
to  acquire  skill  in  a  group  of  operations  takes  from 
one  to  two  years. 

Girls  are  not  usually  employed  as  hand  sewers 
unless  they  know  how  to  do  plain  sewing.  A  girl  who 
starts  with  this  knowledge  should  be  able  to  learn 
factory  sewing  well  enough  to  earn  fair  wages  within 
from  six  months  to  a  year. 

In  cutting,  which  has  a  so-called  apprenticeship 
lasting  from  two  to  six  years,  there  is  no  formal  sys- 
tem of  instruction.  Boys  must  pick  up  the  trade  from 
observation  and  practice.  Beginners  start  as  errand 
boys,  cloth  boys,  bundlers,  or  helpers. 

Pressing  is  usually  learned  in  cleaning  and  press- 
ing shops.  It  takes  about  eight  weeks  for  a  green 
hand  to  become  a  good  seam  presser.  To  become  a 
final  presser  on  skirts  and  dresses  requires  from  six 
months  to  a  year,  and  on  jackets  and  cloaks  from  two 
to  three  years. 

Examiners  have  usually  had  considerable  previous 
experience  as  machine  operators  or  finishers.  The 
length  of  experience  depends  on  the  kinds  of  gar- 
ments and  ranges  from  three  to  eight  years. 

Trimmers  and  assorters  learn  their  work  as  helpers 
to  experienced  employees.  A  year  or  so  of  experience 

142 


is  required  before  they  can  be  entrusted  with  re- 
sponsible work. 

Foremen  are  selected  from  the  working  force  or, 
in  a  few  cases,  trained  especially  for  their  positions. 
Although  there  are  few  opportunities  each  year  for 
advancement  to  foremanship,  employers  declare  they 
cannot  get  enough  persons  of  ability  to  fill  vacancies. 
A  study  of  the  previous  experience  of  foremen  and 
forewomen  made  by  the  survey  shows  that  they 
come  from  nearly  every  department  of  the  factory. 
The  length  of  previous  experience  among  the  cases 
studied  ranged  from  three  months  to  nine  years. 


Educational  Needs 

The  quality  which  proprietors  of  garment  making 
establishments  value  above  all  others  in  their  em- 
ployees is  adaptability.  The  reason  for  this  is  that 
the  manufacturing  of  clothing  differs  from  almost  all 
other  kinds  of  industrial  work  in  the  frequency  with 
which  changes  take  place  in  the  size  and  shape  of  the 
product  and  in  the  range  of  materials  which  must  be 
handled  by  the  same  workers.  There  is  an  annual 
change  in  the  weight  of  cloth  used  for  the  different 
seasons,  from  light  to  heavy  and  from  heavy  to  light. 
The  size  and  shape  of  the  pieces  which  compose  the 
finished  garment  are  determined  by  changes  in  style 
which  vary  from  the  minor  modifications  occurring 
yearly  in  men's  clothing  to  the  radical  changes  in  the 
style  of  women's  clothing.  A  wide  variety  of  fabrics 
is  employed,  ranging  from  thick  to  thin,  smooth  to 

143 


rough,  closely  woven  to  loosely  woven  and  from  plain 
weave  to  fancy  weave.  In  one  season  a  single  estab- 
lishment will  make  garments  from  as  many  as  200 
different  fabrics,  and  each  operator  is  likely  to  work 
upon  60  or  more  different  kinds  of  cloth. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  many  of  the  workers  are 
foreigners  or  of  foreign  parentage,  and  that  the  fre- 
quent changes  in  styles  and  materials  require  the 
giving  of  detailed  instructions  by  foremen,  instruc- 
tion in  English  is  of  more  importance  in  the  garment 
trades  than  in  occupations  where  there  is  a  larger 
proportion  of  native  born  and  where  the  products  and 
processes  are  more  uniformly  standardized. 

All  clothing  workers  should  have  a  practical  knowl- 
edge of  the  fundamental  operations  of  arithmetic. 
Where  the  piece  and  section  systems  are  in  operation 
it  is  important  for  the  worker  to  keep  account  of 
what  she  has  accomplished  and  to  know  enough 
arithmetic  to  check  her  own  record  with  the  tally 
kept  by  the  foreman  or  payroll  girl.  Some  of  the 
occupations,  such  as  cutting,  involve  a  considerable 
amount  of  arithmetical  computation. 

As  in  other  trades,  all  workers  and  prospective 
workers  need  a  general  knowledge  of  industrial  con- 
ditions. They  would  greatly  benefit  from  a  better 
understanding  of  the  supply  of  labor,  factors  affect- 
ing prices,  organization  of  workers,  industrial  legis- 
lation, the  relative  importance  of  the  field  of  employ- 
ment in  different  industries,  the  nature  of  important 
industrial  processes,  and  the  like.  At  the  present 
time  there  is  little  opportunity  for  gaining  such  in- 

144 


formation  either  before  entering  any  specific  line  of 
work  or  afterwards. 

For  certain  small  groups  within  the  clothing  in- 
dustry there  are  needs  in  the  way  of  technical  train- 
ing that  are  important  and  at  present  unsupplied. 
Training  in  applied  mathematics,  drafting  and  design 
would  be  of  benefit  to  a  considerable  number  of  em- 
ployees who  are  occupying  or  working  towards  ad- 
vanced positions. 

A  large  proportion  of  the  women  workers  need  skill 
in  hand  sewing.  Before  girls  enter  the  industry  they 
should  have  careful  and  systematic  training  in  plain 
sewing  stitches,  sewing  on  buttons  and  other  fasten- 
ers, and  button  hole  making. 

Machine  operating  is  the  most  important  occupa- 
tion in  the  industry,  and  employs  more  women  than 
any  other  occupation  in  the  city,  except  perhaps 
dressmaking.  After  a  careful  study  of  the  char- 
acteristics of  this  occupation  and  the  various  condi- 
tions affecting  it,  the  survey  reached  the  conclusion 
that  there  should  be  established  by  the  school  system 
a  trade  course  for  prospective  power  machine  oper- 
ators. 


Sewing  Courses  in  the  Public  Schools 
In  the  elementary  schools  manual  training  sewing  is 
given  in  the  fifth  and  sixth  grades.  It  consists  of 
one  hour  a  week  of  hand  sewing  taught  by  a  regular 
grade  teacher  or  sometimes  by  teachers  of  domestic 
science  or  other  special  subjects.  The  aim  is  to  give 
10  145 


the  girls  a  knowledge  of  practical  sewing  which  may 
be  of  use  to  them  in  the  home.  In  five  of  the  ele- 
mentary schools  hand  and  machine  sewing  is  taught 
by  special  sewing  teachers.  About  four  per  cent  of 
all  the  seventh  and  eighth  grade  girls  in  the  ele- 
mentary schools  receive  this  instruction.  In  the 
technical  high  schools  the  sewing  course  covers  four 
years  work.  During  the  first  two  years  all  girls  are 
required  to  take  plain  hand  and  machine  sewing  three 
and  three-quarter  hours  a  week.  In  the  third  and 
fourth  years  they  may  elect  either  millinery  or  dress- 
making, and  special  courses  in  these  subjects  are 
provided  for  girls  who  wish  to  prepare  for  trade  work. 
The  aim  of  the  sewing  course  as  stated  in  the  outline 
of  the  East  Technical  High  School  is  "  (1)  Prepara- 
tion for  efficiency  in  the  selection  of  the  materials 
used  in  sewing  and  the  construction  of  articles  re- 
lating to  the  home  and  family  sewing:  (2)  laying 
the  foundation  for  courses  in  college,  normal  school, 
or  business  school."  A  two  year  elective  course  in 
sewing  is  provided  in  the  academic  high  school  as  a 
part  of  the  home  economic  course.  The  aim  of  this 
sewing,  which  is  called  domestic  art,  is  stated  thus: 
"Problem — my  personal  appearance  is  one  of  my 
chief  assets.  What  can  I  do  to  improve  it?"  Dress- 
making and  millinery  classes  are  conducted  in  the 
night  technical  high  schools  to  teach  girls  how  to 
make  their  own  clothes  and  hats. 

The  manual  training  sewing  in  the  fifth  and  sixth 
grades  cannot  be  considered  as  furnishing  any  im- 
portant contribution  in  the  training  of  those  who  will 

146 


make  their  living  in  the  sewing  trades.  Much  the 
same  must  be  said  of  the  work  in  the  technical  high 
schools.  It  is  taught  not  for  the  purpose  of  securing 
quick,  accurate  hand  or  machine  stitching,  but  to 
enable  the  girls  to  make  a  few  garments  for  their 
personal  use.  Due  to  the  fact  that  very  few  of  the 
girls  who  become  wage  earners  in  these  trades  re- 
main in  school  after  the  completion  of  the  elementary 
course  it  is  doubtful  whether  the  technical  high  school 
offers  a  hopeful  field  for  practical  training.  The  work 
in  the  elementary  schools  is  so  hampered  by  lack  of 
equipment  that  the  results,  from  the  standpoint  of 
trade  preparation,  amount  to  very  little. 


Elective  Sewing  Courses  in  the  Junior  High 

School 

The  reduction  of  retardation  all  through  the  grades 
is  of  fundamental  importance  to  any  plan  of  voca- 
tional training.  The  age  of  15  is  the  final  compulsory 
attendance  age  for  girls,  and  those  who  enter  at  six 
and  seven  and  make  regular  progress  should  be  in  the 
first  or  second  high  school  year  by  the  time  they  reach 
this  age.  Last  year  there  were,  however,  1,170  fif- 
teen-year-old girls  in  the  Cleveland  schools  who 
were  from  one  to  seven  grades  below  normal.  In- 
stead of  being  in  the  high  school,  they  were  scattered 
from  the  second  grade  to  the  eighth,  and  they  con- 
stituted more  than  half  of  all  the  girls  of  that  age  in 
the  school  system.  It  is  clear  that  unless  the  schools 
can  carry  them  through  more  nearly  on  schedule 

147 


time  there  is  no  hope  of  providing  industrial  training 
for  a  large  proportion  of  them,  because  they  reach 
the  end  of  the  compulsory  period  before  entering 
the  grades  in  which  industrial  training  can  be  given 
effectively  and  economically. 

The  report  recommends  that  during  the  junior 
high  school  period  girls  who  expect  to  enter  the 
sewing  trades  should  be  given  work  in  mechanical 
drawing,  elementary  science,  industrial  conditions, 
elementary  mechanics  and  hand  and  machine  sewing. 
The  fundamentals  of  sewing  can  be  thoroughly 
taught  in  two  years.  The  work  during  the  first  year 
might  well  be  limited  to  hand  sewing.  Machine 
sewing  should  be  taken  up  in  the  second  year,  and 
the  girls  given  an  opportunity  during  the  third  year 
to  specialize  somewhat  broadly  in  a  trade  school  on 
the  kind  of  work  in  which  they  may  wish  to  engage 
— power  operating,  dressmaking,  or  millinery. 


A  One  Year  Trade  Course  for  Girls 

Specialized  training  must  be  conducted  under  condi- 
tions closely  resembling  those  found  in  the  industry. 
This  involves  equipment  similar  to  that  used  in  the 
factory,  an  ample  supply  of  materials,  and  a  corps 
of  teachers  who  have  had  practical  experience.  It 
might  seem  that  on  the  score  of  adequate  equipment 
the  factory  itself  would  be  the  place  for  such  train- 
ing. But  the  fact  is  that  the  main  object  of  the 
factory  is  to  turn  out  as  large  a  quantity  as  possible 


148 


of  saleable  product.  In  the  school  the  main  object 
should  be  to  turn  out  as  large  a  quantity  of  saleable 
skill  and  knowledge  as  possible,  with  the  saleable 
product  as  a  secondary,  although  necessary,  feature. 
The  junior  high  school  is  not  the  place  for  special- 
ized trade  training,  since  it  is  reasonably  certain  that 
there  would  not  be  a  sufficient  number  of  girls  in 
each  junior  high  school  desiring  to  enter  a  single 
trade  to  warrant  the  provision  of  special  equipment 
and  special  teachers.  For  this  reason  the  report 
favors  a  trade  course  in  a  separate  school  plant  where 
girls  who  wish  to  specialize  in  any  of  the  sewing  trades 
can  be  taught  in  fairly  large  classes.  The  work  done 
during  the  past  few  years  in  such  institutions  as  the 
Boston  Trade  School  for  Girls  and  the  Manhattan 
Trade  School  for  Girls  in  New  York  City  gives  evi- 
dence of  the  practicability  of  this  plan. 


Trade-Extension  Training 

The  only  instruction  offered  by  the  public  school 
system  at  the  present  time  which  can  be  considered 
as  trade-extension  training  for  the  garment  industries 
is  that  given  in  the  sewing  classes  in  the  technical 
night  schools.  The  enrollment  in  these  classes  during 
the  second  term  of  1915-16  was  229.  Only  a  small 
proportion  of  the  girls  and  women  enrolled  in  the 
night  sewing  classes  make  their  living  by  sewing. 
The  students  employed  by  day  in  clothing  factories 
or  in  any  of  the  sewing  trades  constitute  somewhat 
less  than  15  per  cent  of  the  total  number  enrolled. 

149 


Nearly  half  of  the  enrollment  is  made  up  of  workers 
in  commercial,  clerical  or  professional  pursuits  and 
approximately  one-third  are  not  employed  in  any 
gainful  occupation. 

In  both  technical  night  schools  the  emphasis  is 
laid  on  training  for  home  sewing  rather  than  on 
training  for  wage  earning.  The  courses  now  given  are 
not  planned  for  workers  in  the  garment  trades,  but 
to  help  women  and  girls  who  want  to  learn  how  to 
make,  alter,  and  repair  their  own  garments. 

If  a  trade  school  of  the  kind  described  in  the  previ- 
ous section  were  established  it  would  be  possible  to 
give  at  night  short  unit  courses  in  machine  or  hand 
sewing  to  those  workers  who  wish  to  extend  their  ex- 
perience and  prepare  themselves  for  advancement, 
utilizing  in  the  night  classes  the  equipment  of  the 
day  school.  It  is  probable  also  that  special  day  classes 
could  be  organized  during  the  dull  season  to  give 
beginners  the  opportunity  to  learn  new  processes 
and  extend  their  knowledge  of  trade  theory. 


150 


CHAPTER  XV 

SUMMARY  OF  REPORT  ON  DRESSMAKING 
AND  MILLINERY 

At  the  time  of  the  last  census  the  total  number  of 
women  in  Cleveland  employed  as  milliners  or  dress- 
makers was  approximately  5,000,  of  whom  about 
seven-tenths  were  dressmakers  and  about  three- 
tenths  milliners.  For  the  most  part  they  were  of 
native  birth.  The  proportion  of  young  girls  engaged 
in  these  occupations  was  relatively  small,  the  age 
distribution  showing  that  only  about  one-third  of 
the  milliners  and  less  than  one-fifth  of  the  dress- 
makers were  under  21  years  of  age. 


Dressmaking 

Four  distinctive  lines  of  work  are  done  by  those  who 
are  classified  by  the  census  as  dressmakers  and  seam- 
stresses: dressmaking  proper,  usually  carried  on  in 
shops;  alteration  work  in  stores;  general  sewing 
done  by  seamstresses  at  home  or  in  the  homes  of 
customers;  and  the  work  of  the  so-called  dressmak- 
ing "school,"  in  which  the  dressmaker  helps  her  cus- 
tomers do  their  general  sewing. 

Shop  dressmaking  is  in  the  main  confined  to  the 

151 


making  of  afternoon  and  evening  gowns  and  fancy- 
blouses.  Nearly  uniform  processes  of  work  are  main- 
tained and  the  workers  in  the  different  establish- 
ments need  about  the  same  kinds  of  abilities  and  de- 
grees of  skill.  There  is  a  strong  and  increasing  ten- 
dency towards  specialization  of  the  work. 

Among  each  100  workers  in  dressmaking  shops 
about  13  are  head  girls,  55  are  finishers  or  makers, 
16  are  helpers,  eight  are  apprentices,  and  the  rest  are 
lining  makers,  cutters,  embroiderers,  errand  girls, 
shoppers,  and  stock  girls. 

Alteration  work  constitutes  a  separate  sewing 
trade  and  consists  of  the  adjustment  of  ready-made 
garments  to  individual  peculiarities.  It  furnishes 
employment  to  several  hundred  workers  in  Cleve- 
land. 

The  weekly  wages  most  commonly  paid  to  each 
class  of  workers  in  dressmaking  shops  may  be  roughly 
stated  as  follows:  apprentices,  $2  to  $4;  helpers  $6 
to  $9;  finishers  or  makers  $10  to  $12;  and  drapers 
$18  to  $20.  Lining  making,  done  in  most  shops  by 
apprentices  or  helpers,  pays  from  $4  to  $6  a  week. 
In  one  shop  a  specialist  on  linings  received  $12. 
Women  cutters,  found  in  two  shops,  and  doing  super- 
visory work  similar  to  that  done  by  drapers,  earned 
from  $15  to  $25.  Hemstitchers  earn  $10  to  $14  and 
a  guimpe  maker  in  one  shop  earned  $12.  Errand  girls 
were  found  at  $3  and  $6;  stock  girls  at  $8,  $12,  and 
$13;  and  shoppers  at  from  $3.50  to  $10. 

Beginners  in  alteration  departments  are  started 
at  from  $5  to  $7.  Regular  alteration  hands  earn  from 

152 


$7  to  $18,  the  average  being  $9  or  $10.  Fitters  earn 
about  the  same  as  drapers  in  dressmaking  shops, 
averaging  from  $15  to  $18,  with  a  range  of  from  $10 
to  $25. 

As  a  rule  comparatively  little  time  is  lost  through 
irregularity  of  employment.  Workers  average  from 
10  to  11  months'  work  out  of  the  year.  Establish- 
ments usually  close  during  the  month  of  August  and 
for  one  or  two  weeks  in  the  spring.  Workers  in  alter- 
ation department  average  11  months  of  work.  Dress 
alteration  work  is  steady,  while  suit  and  coat  altera- 
tion is  irregular. 

Apprenticeship  in  dressmaking  comprehends  a 
trying-out  period  of  from  six  months  to  a  year. 
Most  shops  take  apprentices,  the  proportion  in  the 
trade  being  one  to  every  12  workers;  and  an  effort 
is  made  to  keep  these  new  workers  if  they  are  at  all 
satisfactory.  There  is  no  standardized  apprentice- 
ship wage.  Girls  may  serve  without  pay  for  six 
months,  or  may  start  at  from  50  cents  to  $4  a  week. 
At  the  end  of  six  months  they  may  be  earning  from 
$1.50  to  $6.  The  lack  of  any  wage  standard  in  ap- 
prenticeship probably  accounts  for  the  fact  that  it 
is  difficult  to  get  girls  to  enter  this  trade. 

Millinery 

Millinery  requires  the  handling  of  small  pieces  of 
the  most  varied  sorts  of  material,  most  of  it  perish- 
able. The  materials  must  be  measured,  cut,  turned, 
twisted,  and  draped  into  innumerable  designs  and 

153 


color  combinations,  and  sewed  with  various  kinds  of 
stitching.  The  main  processes  are  making,  trimming, 
and  designing.  Making  consists  in  fashioning  a  speci- 
fied shape  from  wire  or  buckram  and  covering  it 
with  such  materials  as  straw  or  velvet.  The  covering 
may  be  put  on  plain,  or  may  be  shirred  or  draped. 
Trimming  consists  in  placing  and  sewing  on  all  sorts 
of  decorative  materials.  A  combination  of  the  two 
processes  of  making  and  trimming,  known  as  copy- 
ing, consists  in  making  a  hat  from  the  beginning 
exactly  like  a  specified  model.  Designing  is  the  crea- 
tion of  original  models. 

The  increase  in  the  use  of  the  factory-made  hat 
has  decreased  the  number  of  workers  in  custom  mil- 
linery, and  has  also  had  an  effect  in  diverting  busi- 
ness from  small  retail  shops  to  millinery  depart- 
ments in  stores.  The  number  of  millinery  workers 
constantly  fluctuates,  not  only  from  season  to  sea- 
son, but  from  year  to  year.  According  to  a  close  esti- 
mate not  more  than  2,000  workers  were  actually 
engaged  in  millinery  occupations  during  the  busiest 
part  of  1915.  Between  1,200  and  1,400  were  in  re- 
tail shops;  about  300  were  in  millinery  departments 
in  stores;  and  about  300  more  were  in  wholesale 
houses. 

The  data  collected  indicate  that  the  wages  of 
workers  in  retail  shops  are  lower  in  general  than  the 
wages  of  workers  in  millinery  departments  in  stores 
and  in  wholesale  houses.  Makers  in  retail  shops  earn 
from  $3  to  $16  a  week,  the  average  being  about  $8. 
Trimmers  earn  from  $10  to  $40,  with  an  average  of 

154 


about  $18.  Out  of  45  retail  shops,  only  22  paid  as 
high  as  $10  to  any  maker;  15  paid  as  high  as  $12; 
six  paid  as  high  as  $15;  and  only  one  paid  over  $15. 

In  millinery  departments  in  stores,  trimmers,  who 
are  generally  designers,  earn  from  $15  to  $50  a  week 
or  more.  The  rate  most  commonly  received  is  $25. 
Makers  are  started  at  from  $4  to  $6  and  may  advance 
to  $15,  with  an  average  of  about  $10. 

In  wholesale  houses  designers  earn  from  $25  to 
$60,  or  more.  Makers  start  at  about  $5,  and  the 
usual  range  is  from  $10  to  $15.  Those  employed  in 
straight  copying  may  earn  between  $15  and  $20. 
The  1914  report  of  the  Industrial  Commission  of 
Ohio  presents  data  showing  that  of  the  women  18 
years  of  age  and  over  employed  in  wholesale  houses 
37  per  cent  receive  under  $8,  about  22  per  cent  re- 
ceive between  $8  and  $12,  while  41  per  cent  receive 
$12  and  over.  The  girls  under  18  years  of  age  were, 
with  one  exception,  receiving  less  than  $4  per  week. 

Employment  in  retail  shops  averages  about  32 
weeks  during  the  year;  in  the  millinery  departments 
of  stores  from  32  to  42  weeks;  and  in  wholesale 
houses  about  40  weeks.  The  proportion  of  workers 
employed  the  year  round  is  very  small.  The  major- 
ity of  millinery  workers  are  faced  with  the  problem 
of  tiding  themselves  over  two  dull  seasons,  aggre- 
gating from  12  to  28  weeks  each  year. 

The  millinery  apprenticeship  period  lasts  for  two 
seasons  of  12  weeks  each.  Almost  all  retail  shops 
take  apprentices  in  large  numbers,  there  being  one 
apprentice  to  every  three  or  four  workers  in  the  trade. 

155 


Few  apprentices  are  found  in  stores  and  wholesale 
houses.  The  apprenticeship  wage  is  extremely  low. 
The  usual  rate  is  $1  a  week  during  the  first  season  and 
from  $1.50  to  $2  during  the  second. 


The  Problem  of  Training 

The  needs  of  girls  who  are  soon  to  leave  school  and 
go  to  work  can  best  be  met  by  a  modification  of  the 
junior  high  school  course  and  by  the  establishment 
of  a  one-year  trade  school  for  girls.  Before  a  re- 
organization of  the  junior  high  school  work  is  made 
to  meet  the  needs  of  these  girls  an  effort  should  be 
made  to  reduce  retardation  so  that  more  girls  will 
reach  the  junior  high  school  before  the  end  of  the 
compulsory  attendance  period.  The  present  courses 
should  be  reorganized  so  as  to  give  basic  preparation 
for  wage  earning  and  should  be  as  concrete  and  real 
as  a  thorough  understanding  of  the  requirements  of 
the  gainful  occupations  can  make  them.  Thorough 
sewing  courses  planned  from  the  standpoint  of  the 
sewing  trades  should  be  offered,  extending  over  two 
years.  The  program  suggested  closely  resembles 
that  recommended  for  the  garment  trades. 

It  is  also  recommended  that  a  one-year  trade 
school  be  established  for  preparing  girls  to  enter 
employment  in  dressmaking  and  millinery.  The 
history  of  trade  schools  for  girls,  both  private  and 
public,  indicates  that  such  a  school,  if  properly  con- 
ducted, would  be  highly  successful  in  Cleveland. 

The  classes  in  sewing  and  millinery  in  the  evening 

156 


technical  high  schools  do  not  offer  trade-extension 
training  for  workers  and  it  is  not  likely  that  they 
could  be  easily  reorganized  to  furnish  such  training. 
It  is  recommended  that  if  a  trade  school  is  estab- 
lished in  Cleveland,  short  unit  courses  in  sewing  and 
related  subjects,  such  as  design,  be  given  in  even- 
ing classes. 


157 


CHAPTER  XVI 

SUMMARY  OF  REPORT  ON  THE  METAL 

TRADES 

Approximately  one-half  of  the  total  number  of  per- 
sons in  Cleveland  engaged  in  manufacturing  are 
found  in  the  metal  industries.  When  the  last  federal 
census  was  taken  nearly  one-seventh  of  the  entire 
male  population  was  employed  in  establishments 
engaged  in  the  manufacture  of  crude  or  finished  metal 
products.  Pittsburgh  only,  among  the  10  largest 
cities  in  the  country,  has  a  higher  proportion  of  its 
industrial  population  working  in  such  establishments. 
In  relation  to  its  total  population,  Cleveland  has 
twice  as  many  people  working  in  these  industries  as 
Chicago,  three  times  as  many  as  Philadelphia,  and 
four  times  as  many  as  New  York.  It  is  estimated 
that  at  the  present  time  the  number  of  wage  earners 
in  the  city  engaged  in  this  kind  of  work  is  between 
70,000  and  80,000. 

The  report  deals  with  the  three  leading  industries 
of  the  city, — foundry  and  machine  shop  products, 
automobile  manufacturing,  and  steel  works  and  roll- 
ing mills.  The  study  of  this  last  group  also  includes 
several  related  industries,  such  as  blast  furnaces, 
wire  mills,  nail  mills,  and  bolt,  nut,  and  rivet  fac- 

158 


tories.  About  three-fourths  of  the  total  number  of 
wage  earners  in  the  city  engaged  in  the  manufacture 
of  metal  products  are  found  in  these  three  industries. 
The  field  investigations  consisted  of  personal  visits 
to  the  manufacturing  establishments  for  the  purpose 
of  securing  first  hand  data  as  to  industrial  conditions, 
and  conferences  with  employers,  superintendents, 
foremen,  and  workmen  as  to  the  need  and  possibili- 
ties of  training  for  metal  working  occupations.  In 
all,  60  establishments,  employing  approximately 
35,000  men,  were  visited.  The  conclusions  as  to 
vocational  training  were  based  on  an  analysis  of 
educational  needs  in  the  various  metal  industries, 
together  with  an  extended  study  of  the  social  and 
economic  factors  which  condition  the  training  of 
all  workers.  Particular  attention  was  given  to  the 
administrative  problems  involved  in  such  training 
in  public  schools. 


Foundry  and  Machine  Shop  Products 

According  to  the  United  States  Census,  foundries 
and  factories  making  machine  shop  products  gave 
employment  in  1909  to  nearly  18,000  Cleveland 
wage-earners.  This  industrial  group  ranks  first  in 
the  city,  employing  more  than  twice  as  many  workers 
as  the  next  largest  industry, — automobile  manu- 
facturing,— and  approximately  two-fifths  of  the 
total  working  force  in  all  metal  industries.  Its 
growth  during  the  previous  five  years,  from  the 
standpoint  of  number  of  workers  employed,  showed 

159 


an  increase  of  about  33  per  cent,  and  it  is  estimated 
that  the  total  number  of  wage-earners  in  1914  was 
approximately  25,000.  At  the  present  time,  due  to 
the  impetus  given  to  this  branch  of  manufacturing 
by  the  European  war,  the  working  force  is  undoubt- 
edly in  excess  of  this  figure. 

The  report  gives  extended  consideration  to  the 
machinist's  trade,  which  constitutes  by  far  the  largest 
body  of  skilled  workers  in  the  city.  This  trade  has 
been  affected  more  than  any  other  by  the  progress  of 
invention  and  the  modern  tendency  towards  spe- 
cialization. In  many  establishments  the  all-round 
machinist,  competent  to  do  independent  work  and 
operate  the  wide  variety  of  machine  tools  now  used 
in  the  trade,  had  practically  disappeared.  In  his 
place  are  found  " specialist"  machine  hands  who  have 
learned  the  operation  of  a  single  machine  tool,  but 
have  no  general  knowledge  of  the  trade,  and  who  if 
called  on  to  perform  work  requiring  the  use  of  a 
machine  tool  different  from  the  one  on  which  they 
are  employed  are  unable  to  do  so.  There  are  hun- 
dreds of  drill  press  hands  who  cannot  operate  a  mill- 
ing machine,  lathe  hands  who  know  nothing  of  planer 
work,  and  so  on.  The  subdivision  of  these  occupa- 
tions follows  closely  the  advance  in  invention,  so 
that  employers  advertising  for  help  frequently  spec- 
ify not  only  the  machine  tool  to  be  used  but  add  the 
name  of  the  firm  which  manufactures  that  particular 
type  of  machine,  with  the  result  that  there  are  about 
as  many  kinds  of  machinists  as  there  are  manu- 
facturers of  machine  tools.  Table  18  shows  the  esti- 

160 


mated  number  of  men  employed,  with  their  distribu- 
tion in  the  various  branches  of  the  trade. 


TABLE  18.— PROPORTIONS  AND   ESTIMATED   NUMBERS  EM- 
PLOYED IN  MACHINE  TOOL  OCCUPATIONS,  1915 


Estimated 

Workers 

Per  cent 

number 

Lathe  hands 

18.8 

3,384 

Drill  press  operators 

17.9 

3,222 

Bench  hands 

13.4 

2,412 

Machinists 

12.7 

2,286 

Screw  machine  operators 

9.4 

1,692 

Milling  machine  operators 

8.6 

1,548 

Tool  makers 

8.3 

1,494 

Grinding  machine  operators 

6.2 

1,116 

Planer  hands 

2.2 

396 

Turret  lathe  operators 

1.8 

324 

Gear  cutter  operators 

.7 

126 

Total 

100.0 

18,000 

Specialization  has  operated  to  lower  standards  of 
skill  and  keep  down  wages.  The  average  wage  of 
the  "all-round"  machinist  is  very  nearly  the  lowest 
found  among  the  skilled  trades.  The  union  scale  is 
but  14  cents  an  hour  above  that  paid  unskilled  labor, 
while  the  average  earnings  of  machine  operators 
range  from  four  to  12  cents  above  laborers'  wages. 
Only  among  the  highly  skilled  tool  makers  do  the 
wages  approach  those  received  by  skilled  labor  in 
most  other  industries.  Table  19  shows  the  average, 
highest,  and  lowest  rates  per  hour  for  all  branches  of 
the  machine  trades  in  the  establishments  from  which 
data  were  collected  during  the  survey,  with  the  per 
cent  employed  on  piece  work  and  day  work. 

161 


li 


TABLE   19.— AVERAGE,    HIGHEST,   AND    LOWEST    EARNINGS, 

IN  CENTS  PER  HOUR,  AND  PER  CENT  EMPLOYED  ON  PIECE 

WORK  AND  DAY  WORK,  1915 


Per 

Per 

Low- 

Aver- 

High- 

cent 

cent 

Workers 

est 

age 

est 

on 
piece 
work 

on 
day 
work 

Tool  makers 

25.0 

39.0 

50.0 

100 

Machinists 

25.0 

33.2 

50.0 

100 

Planer  hands 

20.0 

32.2 

42.0 

100 

Grinding  machine  operators 

20.0 

32.0 

50.0 

70 

30 

Bench  hands 

17.5 

29.0 

45.0 

48 

52 

Screw  machine  operators 

17.5 

29.5 

63.8 

79 

21 

Lathe  hands 

19.0 

29.1 

40.0 

40 

60 

Turret  lathe  operators 

25.0 

29.0 

47.5 

80 

20 

Gear  cutter  operators 

20.0 

26.7 

40.0 

96 

4 

Milling  machine  operators 

15.0 

25.9 

40.0 

53 

47 

Drill  press  operators 
Machinists'  helpers 

15.0 

23.5 

35.0 

35 

65 

20.0 

22.2 

25.0 

100 

On  the  basis  of  weekly  or  yearly  earnings,  the  trade 
makes  a  better  showing.  Work  is  steady  throughout 
the  year,  and  the  time  lost  through  unemployment 
on  account  of  seasonal  changes  is  slight.  Also,  as 
the  usual  working  day  is  from  nine  to  10  hours,  that 
is,  from  one  to  two  hours  longer  than  in  the  higher 
paid  building  trades,  the  difference  in  daily  wages  is 
really  less  marked  than  a  comparison  of  hourly  rates 
would  seem  to  indicate. 

Little  attempt  has  been  made  to  adapt  the  ap- 
prentice system  to  modern  conditions.  The  term  of 
service  and  rates  of  pay  have  changed  but  slightly 
over  a  long  period  of  years.  As  a  result  only  a  small 
proportion  of  the  boys  who  begin  as  apprentices 
finish  the  apprenticeship  term  of  three  or  four  years. 
Employers  attribute  this  to  the  relatively  high  wages 
paid  for  machine  operating,  and  the  slight  advantage, 

162 


from  a  wage  standpoint,  of  the  "all-round"  man  over 
the  machine  operator.  After  a  year  or  two  the  ap- 
prentice finds  that  he  can  double  his  pay  by  taking  a 
job  as  operator,  and  the  inducement  for  learning  the 
trade  thoroughly  is  too  small  to  hold  him.  The  re- 
port gives  a  comparison  of  the  earnings  of  an  ap- 
prentice and  a  machine  operator,  both  starting  at 
the  same  age,  the  first  becoming  a  journeyman  ma- 
chinist at  the  end  of  three  years  and  the  second  spe- 
cializing on  a  particular  machine.  Assuming  that 
both  boys  go  to  work  at  the  age  of  16  their  total  earn- 
ings up  to  the  age  of  25  years  will  be  approximately 
equal.  The  lack  of  thoroughly  trained  workmen  is 
beginning  to  be  felt,  but  the  efforts  made  by  industrial 
establishments  to  meet  it  have  small  prospects  of 
success  unless  the  economic  factors  of  the  problem 
are  given  greater  consideration. 

Inasmuch  as  no  regular  apprenticeship  period  is 
served  for  machine  operating,  a  special  effort  was 
made  to  secure  data  relating  to  the  time  usually  re- 
quired for  the  worker  to  learn  the  operation  of  each 
tool  well  enough  to  earn  average  wages.  In  this 
matter  the  individual  opinions  of  foremen  and  super- 
intendents differed  widely,  but  when  the  reports  from 
all  the  establishments  visited  were  compared,  a 
sufficient  degree  of  uniformity  was  found  to  serve 
as  a  basis  for  estimating  the  amount  of  experience 
workers  of  average  intelligence  would  need,  under 
normal  shop  conditions,  in  order  to  become  fairly 
proficient. 

There  was  practical  unanimity  in  fixing  the  period 

163 


at  four  years  for  tool  makers  and  three  to  four  years 
for  machinists.  Higher  estimates  were  received  from 
the  superintendents  of  plants  doing  a  jobbing  busi- 
ness or  manufacturing  high  grade  machine  tools  than 
from  the  specialized  shops  making  a  single  product. 
The  superintendents  of  automobile  manufacturing 
plants,  where  the  standard  of  quality  in  production 
is  necessarily  high,  gave  the  lowest  estimates  of  all. 
Table  20  shows  the  estimated  time  required  to  learn 
the  various  types  of  machine  work. 


TABLE  20.— ESTIMATED  TIME  REQUIRED  TO  LEARN  MACHINE 

TOOL  WORK 


Workers 

Time  required 

Grinding  machine  operators 

Lathe  hands 

Planer  hands 

Gear  cutter  operators 

Turret  lathe  operators 

Screw  machine  operators 

Bench  hands 

Milling  machine  operators 

Drilling  machine  operators 

12  to  15  months 
6  to  9  months 
6  months 
6  months 
4  to  6  months 
3  to  6  months 
3  to  6  months 
2  to  4  months 
2  weeks  to  4  months 

The  weakness  of  specialization,  with  its  constant 
tendency  towards  the  substitution  of  semi-skilled 
operatives  for  trained  workmen,  lies  in  its  failure  to 
provide  a  body  of  workers  from  whom  to  recruit  the 
large  directive  force  needed  in  any  scheme  of  pro- 
duction based  on  semi-skilled  labor.  This  condition 
is  regarded  by  many  employers  with  grave  concern, 
and  in  a  few  plants  apprentice  schools  designed 
primarily  to  train  future  foremen  have  been  estab- 
lished. 

164 


Practically  all  the  foremen  in  the  shops  visited  had 
received  an  all-round  training  as  machinists,  and 
there  are  few  opportunities  for  promotion  open  to 
men  who  have  not  a  general  knowledge  of  the  trade. 
On  the  other  hand,  such  general  knowledge  is  only- 
one  of  the  requisites  for  advancement.  Others  are 
initiative,  resourcefulness,  tact,  self-control,  ability 
to  get  along  with  men,  and  a  disposition  to  subor- 
dinate personal  interests  to  the  interests  of  the  busi- 
ness. To  these  should  be  added  the  quality  of  pa- 
tience, for  there  must  be  vacancies  before  there  can 
be  promotions,  and  vacancies  among  the  better  po- 
sitions are  not  frequent.  Ten  of  the  establishments 
visited,  employing  a  total  working  force  of  over 
5,000  men,  reported  but  eight  vacancies  among  fore- 
men's positions  over  a  period  of  one  year.  These 
same  establishments  had  in  their  employ  a  total  of 
618  all-round  machinists  and  tool  makers.  Assuming 
that  only  the  machinists  and  tool  makers  were  eligi- 
ble for  promotion,  the  mathematical  chance  per  man 
of  becoming  a  foreman  during  the  year  was  about 
one  in  77. 

Other  occupations  studied  in  detail  were  pattern 
making,  molding,  core  making,  blacksmithing,  and 
boiler  making.  Pattern  making  offers  the  most  in- 
teresting work  and  the  highest  wages  among  the 
metal  trades,  but  the  total  number  of  American  born 
pattern  makers  in  the  city  does  not  exceed  seven  or 
eight  hundred,  so  the  field  of  employment  is  rela- 
tively limited.  Molding  and  core  making,  in  which 
between  4,000  and  5,000  men  are  engaged,  have 

165 


practically  become  foreign  trades.  Less  than  20  per 
cent  of  the  molders  in  the  city  were  born  in  this 
country.  These  trades  offer  few  opportunities  for 
employment  to  boys  of  native  birth.  Somewhat 
similar  conditions  exist  in  the  blacksmithing  trade. 
Changed  methods  of  production  have  largely  done 
away  with  the  old-time  blacksmith,  who  survives 
only  in  horse-shoeing  and  repair  shops.  The  pro- 
portion of  native  blacksmiths  is  steadily  declining, 
and  it  is  unlikely  that  any  considerable  number  of 
boys  from  the  public  schools  will  enter  the  trade. 
The  boiler  making  trade  employs  relatively  few  men, 
the  total  number  of  native  born  boiler  makers  at  the 
time  of  the  last  census  being  less  than  600.  The  trade 
seems  to  be  at  a  standstill.  The  increase  during  the 
previous  decade  was  less  than  five  per  cent  against  a 
total  population  increase  of  46  per  cent.  The  average 
earnings  per  hour  for  these  trades  in  the  establish- 
ments visited  by  members  of  the  Survey  Staff  are 
shown  in  Table  21. 

TABLE    21.— AVERAGE   EARNINGS   PER    HOUR   IN   PATTERN 
MAKING,  MOLDING,  CORE  MAKING,  BLACKSMITHING,  AND 

BOILER  MAKING 

Average  earnings 
Workers  Per  Hour 

Pattern  makers 44 

Skilled  molders 39 

Semi-skilled  molders 27 

Skilled  core  makers 39 

Semi-skilled  core  makers 27 

Blacksmiths 33 

Boiler  makers 32 

The  findings  and  recommendations  as  to  training 
emphasize  the  fact  that  the  vast  majority  of  boys 

166 


who  become  workers  in  the  metal  trades  leave  school 
by  the  time  they  are  15  with  at  most  a  common 
school  education,  so  that  any  vocational  training 
before  they  go  to  work  must  be  given  between  the 
ages  of  12  and  15  and  before  the  end  of  the  eighth 
grade.  The  report  points  out  the  impossibility  of 
effective  vocational  instruction  in  elementary  schools 
on  account  of  the  prohibitive  cost  per  pupil  for  both 
equipment  and  teaching,  and  endorses  the  recently 
adopted  junior  high  school  plan.  This  form  of  organ- 
ization has  the  great  advantage  of  concentrating  in 
large  groups  the  boys  who  are  old  enough  to  make  a 
beginning  in  prevocational  training,  and  through  the 
departmental  system  of  teaching  offers  facilities  for 
differentiation  of  courses  to  meet  their  varying  needs. 

Whatever  their  cultural  value,  the  present  manual 
training  courses  in  woodwork  have  little  relation  to 
the  requirements  of  any  metal  working  trade,  except 
pattern  making,  in  which  some  of  the  same  tools  are 
used.  No  manual  training  work  in  metal  is  offered 
in  the  elementary  and  junior  high  schools. 

The  course  recommended  for  the  junior  high  school 
lays  especial  emphasis  on  applied  mathematics,  me- 
chanical drawings,  practice  in  assembling  and  taking 
apart  machines,  and  the  utilization  of  the  shop  as  a 
laboratory  for  teaching  industrial  science.  The  re- 
port maintains  that  the  object  of  such  a  course  should 
be  the  development  of  industrial  intelligence  through 
the  application  of  mathematical  and  mechanical 
principles  to  the  solution  of  concrete  problems,  rather 
than  the  teaching  of  specific  operations  and  skill  in 

167 


the  use  of  tools.  In  mechanical  drawing  the  ability 
to  understand  and  interpret  drawings  should  be 
given  more  importance  than  the  ability  to  make 
drawings.  Few  workmen  are  ever  called  on  to  draw, 
while  the  ability  to  read  plans  and  sketches  is  always 
in  demand.  It  is  also  recommended  that  boys  who 
do  not  expect  to  take  a  full  high  school  course  or  who 
intend  to  leave  at  the  end  of  the  compulsory  period 
should  devote  at  least  a  period  each  week  to  the  study 
of  economic  and  working  conditions  in  industrial 
and  commercial  occupations. 

With  respect  to  the  technical  high  schools  the  re- 
port holds  that  these  schools  are  primarily  training 
schools  for  the  higher  positions  of  industry.  They 
undoubtedly  offer  the  best  instruction  obtainable 
in  the  city  for  the  ambitious  boy  who  wishes  to  pre- 
pare himself  for  supervisory  and  managerial  posi- 
tions in  industry  or  for  a  college  engineering  course. 

The  establishment  of  a  separate  two-year  voca- 
tional school,  equipped  for  giving  instruction  in  all 
the  larger  industrial  trades,  is  recommended.  The 
number  of  boys  in  the  public  schools  between  the  ages 
of  14  and  16  who  are  likely  to  enter  the  metal  trades 
is  between  700  and  800,  of  whom  from  500  to  600  will 
become  machinists  or  machine  tool  operators.  An 
enrollment  of  much  less  than  this  number  is  sufficient 
to  justify  the  installation  of  good  shop  equipment  and 
the  employment  of  a  corps  of  teachers  who  have  had 
the  special  training  necessary  for  this  kind  of  work. 
It  should  be  possible  to  form  a  class  in  pattern  mak- 
ing and  foundry  work  of  from  80  to  100  boys,  and  one 

168 


of  at  least  30  in  blacksmithing.  Boiler  making  could 
be  taught  in  connection  with  sheet  metal  work. 

Various  changes  are  recommended  in  the  present 
evening  school  classes  for  machinists,  molders,  and 
pattern  makers  now  given  by  the  technical  high 
schools.  It  is  claimed  that  the  courses  as  now  organ- 
ized are  not  elastic  enough  to  meet  the  varying  needs 
of  the  journeymen,  helpers,  machine  operators,  and 
apprentices  employed  in  these  trades.  The  great 
need  is  for  short  unit  courses  in  which  the  instruc- 
tion is  limited  to  a  particular  machine  or  a  special 
branch  of  the  trade.  The  long  course  tends  to  dis- 
courage the  student,  especially  when  it  embraces 
an  amount  of  theory  out  of  all  proportion  to  his 
working  needs. 


Automobile  Manufacturing 

Due  to  the  large  number  and  specialized  character  of 
the  occupations  in  this  industry,  they  are  taken  up 
in  a  more  general  way  than  the  "foundries  and  ma- 
chine shop"  group.  The  productive  departments  of 
the  automobile  factories  utilize  in  the  main  the  same 
equipment  as  other  machinery  manufacturing  plants, 
but  specialization  has  been  carried  to  a  degree  found 
in  few  other  metal  industries.  The  " all-round" 
workman  is  a  rara  avis.  The  machine  shops  are 
manned  by  machine  " specialists"  most  of  whom 
know  how  to  operate  a  single  machine  tool  or  per- 
form a  single  operation  made  up  of  relatively  simple 
elements.  From  one-half  to  two-thirds  of  the  work- 

169 


ing  force  is  recruited  from  immigrant  labor  which 
is  "broken  in"  under  skilful  foremen  within  a  period 
varying  from  a  few  days  to  a  few  weeks.  In  the 
simpler  assembling  operations  the  jobs  are  so  subdi- 
vided that  any  man  who  is  not  actually  feebleminded 
can  learn  the  work  in  a  few  days.  Production  is  on  a 
large  scale,  permitting  the  maintenance  of  high-grade 
engineering  and  experimental  departments,  where 
all  of  the  work  is  planned  to  the  last  detail.  As  a 
result  the  automobile  manufacturers  are  turning  out 
one  of  the  most  complicated  and  most  efficient  ma- 
chines known  to  modern  industry  with  a  working 
force  composed  chiefly  of  semi-skilled  labor. 

For  the  machine  shop  workers  the  training  sug- 
gested is  similar  to  that  recommended  for  the  same 
class  of  workmen  in  other  machine  shops.  The  neces- 
sity of  short  unit  courses  adapted  for  teaching  parts 
of  the  trade  rather  than  the  whole  trade  is  obvious, 
as  most  automobile  workers  are  employed  on  spe- 
cialized operations.  Short  unit  evening  courses  for 
motor  and  transmission  assemblers,  and  testers  and 
inspectors,  are  recommended. 


Steel  Works,  Rolling  Mills,  and  Related 

Industries 

A  somewhat  similar  treatment  is  followed  with  re- 
spect to  the  iron  and  steel  group  of  industries — blast 
furnaces,  steel  mills,  rolling  mills,  wire  mills,  nail 
mills,  and  bolt,  nut,  and  rivet  factories.  These  in- 
dustries are  characterized  by  a  high  proportion  of 

170  * 


common  and  semi-skilled  labor  in  the  working  force. 
Between  75  and  90  per  cent  of  the  workers  are  of 
foreign  birth.  In  the  operating  department  of  one 
mill  only  two  Americans  were  found  among  a  total 
of  600  employees.  As  a  rule  the  native  born  workers 
are  mechanics  employed  in  the  power  and  main- 
tenance departments. 

With  scarcely  an  exception  the  occupations  are  of 
a  nature  that  require  the  worker  to  learn  through 
actual  experience  in  the  mills.  Theory  and  practice 
must  be  learned  at  the  same  time.  Even  the  super- 
visory and  executive  positions  in  which  a  technical 
education  is  of  considerable  value  require  a  long  and 
arduous  apprenticeship  on  the  job  before  the  worker 
can  compete  with  men  who  have  started  with  the 
scantiest  educational  equipment,  but  have  picked 
up  a  knowledge  of  the  processes  by  experience  and 
observation.  Below  these  positions  the  work  rapidly 
grades  off  to  various  kinds  of  machine  operating  in 
which  not  even  the  ability  to  read  or  understand 
English  is  required. 

No  plan  of  vocational  training  is  presented,  be- 
cause at  present  the  mills  recruit  almost  exclusively 
from  foreign  labor,  and  only  a  very  small  number  of 
boys  from  the  public  schools  are  likely  to  seek  em- 
ployment in  them.  The  technical  content  of  the 
work  which  might  conceivably  be  given  in  evening 
classes,  except  in  the  case  of  the  few  directive  and 
supervisory  positions,  is  so  small  that  continuation 
instruction  offers  but  meager  hopes  of  success.  Under 
present  conditions  the  long  working  day  and  the 

171 


necessity  of  changing  from  the  day  to  the  night 
shift,  or  vice-versa  every  two  weeks,  constitutes  an 
insuperable  obstacle  to  the  organization  of  night 
classes. 

The  principal  need  of  the  rank  and  file  is  a  speak- 
ing and  reading  knowledge  of  the  English  language, 
so  that  the  workers  can  be  taught  to  avoid  and  pre- 
vent accidents,  and  give  themselves  the  necessary 
care  when  they  occur.  Instruction  in  English  with 
possibly  courses  in  accident  prevention  and  personal 
hygiene  represent  about  the  only  training  possible 
that  can  be  said  to  have  any  real  vocational  signifi- 
cance. 


172 


CHAPTER  XVII 

SUMMARY  OF  REPORT  ON  THE  BUILDING 

TRADES 

A  careful  estimate  places  the  number  of  men  engaged 
in  building  construction  in  Cleveland  at  the  present 
time  at  about  30,000,  comprising  more  than  one-fifth 
of  the  total  number  employed  in  manufacturing  and 
mechanical  occupations.  About  two-thirds  of  these 
workmen  are  skilled  artisans,  distributed  among 
some  20  different  trades.  The  estimated  number  in 
each  trade  is  shown  in  Table  22. 


Sources  of  Labor  Supply 

The  building  trades  get  their  workers  from  four  prin- 
cipal sources:  immigration,  native  journeymen  from 
outside  the  city,  helpers,  and  apprentices.  Immigra- 
tion contributes  the  largest  proportion  in  both  skilled 
and  unskilled  work,  practically  monopolizing  the 
latter.  Over  four-fifths  of  all  cabinet  makers,  more 
than  two-thirds  of  all  brick  and  stone  masons,  and 
nearly  two-thirds  of  all  carpenters  are  foreign  born. 
Plumbers  and  steam-fitters  show  the  smallest  pro- 
portion of  foreign  labor. 

173 


TABLE   22.— ESTIMATED    NUMBER    OF    MEN    ENGAGED    IN 

BUILDING  TRADES,  1915 

Workers  in  trade 

Number  employed 

Carpenters 

7,105 

Painters,  glaziers,  varnishers 

2,746 

Plumbers,  gas-  and  steam-fitters 

2,014 

Bricklayers 

1,800 

Machine  woodworkers 

1,198 

Sheet  metal  workers  or  tinsmiths 

1,069 

Cabinet-makers 

895 

Inside  wiremen  and  fixture  hangers 

750 

Plasterers 

638 

Paperhangers 

379 

Structural  iron  workers 

356 

Roofers  and  slaters 

315 

Stone-cutters 

292 

Lathers 

275 

Stone  masons  and  marble  setters 

250 

Ornamental  iron  workers 

200 

Cement  finishers 

200 

Hoisting  engineers 

150 

Elevator  constructors 

100 

Parquet  floor  layers 

100 

Tile-layers 

100 

Asbestos  workers 

75 

Wood  carvers 

63 

Helpers 

926 

Apprentices 

306 

Total 

22,302 

Apprenticeship 

The  general  decline  of  the  apprenticeship  system 
which  began  with  the  invention  of  modern  labor- 
saving  machinery  has  affected  the  building  trades 
least  of  all.  Here  it  survives  in  an  active  state  and  is 
steadily  gaining  ground.  It  is  in  favor  with  many 
employers  and  with  all  unions.  The  best  apprentice- 
ship systems  are  found  in  the  strongly  organized 
trades. 

It  is  true  that  in  some  of  the  trades  apprenticeship 
is  little  more  than  a  name,  meaning  simply  that  per- 

174 


mission  has  been  granted  to  learn  the  trade.  The 
apprentice  is  left  free  to  pick  up  what  experience  he 
can  between  the  odd  jobs  that  are  given  him.  What 
meager  instruction  he  receives  comes  from  a  journey- 
man worker  who  is  none  too  eager  to  give  up  what 
he  considers  the  secrets  of  his  trade. 

The  union  regulations  provide  that  boys  shall  not 
enter  the  trades  as  apprentices  or  helpers  below  the 
age  of  16.  The  limits  set  by  the  various  trades  and 
the  union  regulations  as  to  length  of  apprenticeship 
are  shown  in  Tables  23  and  24. 

TABLE  23.— UNION  REGULATIONS  AS  TO  ENTERING  AGE  OF 

APPRENTICES 


Asbestos  workers 

Enter  at  any  age 

Bricklayers 

Between  16  and  23 

Carpenters 

Between  17  and  22 

Cement  finishers 

Must  be  full  grown 

Elevator  constructors 

Must  be  full  grown 

Lathers 

Must  be  18  years  old 

Inside  wiremen 

Between  16  and  21 

Painters  and  paperhangers 

Before  21  years  old 

Plumbers  and  gas-fitters 

Must  be  16  years  old 

Sheet  metal  workers 

Must  be  over  16  years 

Slate  and  tile  roofers 

Must  enter  before  25 

Steam-fitters 

Must  be  full  grown 

Structural  and  ornamental  iron 

workers 

Between  18  and  25 

TABLE  24.— UNION  REGULATIONS  AS  TO  LENGTH  OF  APPREN- 
TICESHIP PERIOD 

Trades  in  which  indentures  are  usually  signed 

Bricklayers 4  years 

Plasterers 4  years 

Sheet  metal  workers 4  years 

Trades  in  which  indentures  are  seldom  signed 

Steam-fitters 5  years 

Carpenters 4  years 

Inside  wiremen 4  years 

Plumbers  and  gas-fitters 4  years 

Cement  finishers 3  years 

Asbestos  workers 3  years 

Painters  and  paperhangers 3  years 

Slate  and  tile  roofers 3  years 

Lathers 2  years 

Structural  and  ornamental  iron  workers \}/$  years 

Elevator  constructors varies 

175 


All  obtainable  information  points  to  the  conclusion 
that  the  number  of  apprentices  employed  in  the  city 
is  far  below  the  maximum  permitted  by  the  unions. 
Many  large  contractors  have  no  apprentices  and  say 
they  will  not  bother  with  them.  Others  state  that 
they  have  been  unable  to  get  or  keep  good  appren- 
tices and  have  therefore  given  up  the  plan. 

Union  Organization 

The  building  trades  are  among  the  most  strongly 
organized  in  the  city.  It  is  estimated  that  their 
unions  at  the  present  time  include  about  90  per  cent 
of  all  the  men  engaged  in  building  work.  Practically 
all  the  large  contracting  firms  employ  only  union 
labor.  The  few  non-union  workers  are  employed  by 
small  contractors. 

Requirements  for  admission  to  the  different  unions 
vary  to  a  marked  degree.  If  the  union  is  strong  and 
has  a  good  control  over  the  labor  supply,  admission 
fees  are  higher  and  regulations  as  to  apprentices  and 
helpers  are  more  stringent  than  if  the  union  is  fight- 
ing to  gain  a  foothold. 

Earnings 

No  industrial  workers  in  the  city  are  paid  better 
wages  than  those  employed  in  the  building  trades. 
More  than  one-half  of  the  skilled  workers  are  in 
trades  that  pay  an  hourly  wage  of  50  cents  or  over. 
The  hourly  rate  in  each  occupation  is  shown  in 
Table  25. 

176 


TABLE   25.— UNION  SCALE  OF  WAGES  IN  CENTS  PER  HOUR 

MAY  1,  1915 

70  Cents 

Bricklayers 70.00 

Hoisting  engineers  on  boom  derricks,  etc 70.00 

Stone  masons 70.00 

Structural  iron  workers 70.00 

From  60  to  70  Cents 

Marble  setters 68.75 

Inside  wiremen 68.75 

Plasterers 68.75 

Slate  and  tile  roofers 67.50 

Parquet  floor  layers  (carpenters) 62.50 

Lathers,  first  class 62.50 

Plumbers 62.50 

Steam-fitters 62.50 

Stone-cutters 62.50 

Hoisting  engineers,  brick  hoists 60.00 

Elevator  constructors 60.00 

From  50  to  60  Cents 

Tile  layers ^ 59.38 

Lathers,  second  class 56.25 

Carpenters 55.00 

Cement  workers,  finishers 55.00 

Sheet  metal  workers 50.00 

Painters 50.00 

Paperhangers 50.00 

From  40  to  50  Cents 

Asbestos  workers . 47.50 

Composition  roofers 42.50 

Under  Jfi  Cents 

Cabinet-makers  and  bench  hands 37.50 

Machine  woodworkers 37.50 

Electrical  fixture  hangers 37.50 

Hod-carriers 35.00 

Union  organization  is  a  more  powerful  factor  in  de- 
termining wages  in  these  trades  than  technical  knowl- 
edge and  skill.  A  high  degree  of  skill  in  a  given  trade 
brings  little  advantage  in  the  matter  of  wages.   By 

establishing  a  minimum  scale  below  which  no  jour- 
12  177 


neyman  shall  work,  the  union  secures  practically  a 
flat  rate  of  pay  for  most  of  the  men  in  the  trade. 
When  there  is  much  building  work  and  good  men  are 
scarce,  contractors  sometimes  pay  higher  wages  to 
highly  skilled  workmen  in  order  to  secure  their  ser- 
vices. As  a  rule,  however,  their  reward  comes  in  the 
form  of  steadier  employment.  The  less  skilled  man 
is  the  first  to  be  laid  off  when  business  is  slack,  while 
the  first-class  workman,  for  the  reason  that  he  is  so 
hard  to  replace,  is  the  last  to  be  discharged. 

Many  unions,  among  them  those  of  the  carpenters, 
bricklayers,  and  painters,  make  no  provision  as  to 
the  wages  of  apprentices.  Table  26  shows  the  wages 
in  three  of  the  building  trades  that  have  established 
a  uniform  scale  for  apprentices.  Sheet  metal  ap- 
prentices are  paid  a  bonus  of  $1  extra  for  each  week 
served. 


TABLE    26.— USUAL    WEEKLY    WAGES    OF    APPRENTICES    IN 
THREE  BUILDING  TRADES 


Year 


First  year 
Second  year 
Third  year 
Fourth  year 


Inside  wiremen 


$5.50 
13.20 
17.60 
22.00 


Plasterers 


$5.50  to  $6.25 

8.25  to  11.02 

13.75  to  16.00 

19.25 


Sheet  metal 
workers 


$5.00 
5.50  to    6.00 
6.50  to    7.00 
8.00  to    9.00 


Hours 

The  usual  working  day  is  eight  hours.  Many  of  the 
trades  work  only  a  half  day  on  Saturdays  throughout 
the  year;  practically  all  have  this  half  holiday  during 

178 


the  four  summer  months.  For  holiday  or  over-time 
work  the  men  receive  either  pay  and  a  half  or  double 
pay. 

Regularity  of  Employment 

Due  to  the  seasonal  character  of  building  work,  it  is 
next  to  impossible  for  a  building  contractor  to  keep 
a  large  force  employed  all  the  year.  One  result  of 
this  situation  is  that  the  men  change  employers  more 
than  any  other  workers  in  industry.  Irregularity  of 
employment  is  greater  in  building  construction  than 
in  any  other  of  the  principal  industries  of  the  city. 
A  comparison  between  the  different  branches  of 
building  work  as  to  regularity  of  employment  is 
presented  in  Diagram  11.  The  best  showing  is  made 
by  electrical  contracting,  in  which  the  average  num- 
ber employed  is  93  per  cent  of  the  maximum  working 
force,  and  the  poorest  by  plastering  in  which  the 
average  is  only  66  per  cent  of  the  maximum. 


Health  Conditions 

Nearly  all  of  the  building  trades  are  open  air  occupa- 
tions, much  even  of  the  inside  work  being  done  before 
the  buildings  are  closed  in.  For  the  most  part  the 
materials  used  are  not  injurious  to  health  if  reason- 
able precautions  are  taken  and  ordinary  habits  of 
cleanliness  observed.    In  general,  health  conditions 

are  better  than  those  found  in  the  factory  industries. 

179 


Electrical  contracting 


87 


Lumber  and  planing  mills 


SO 


Ventilating  and  heating 


75 


Plumbing  and  steam  fitting 


68 


Sheet  metal  work  and  roofin 


50 


General  contracting 


50 


Brick,  stone  and  cement  work 

U9  111 


Painting  and  decoratln 
Plastering 


38 


53 


Diagram  11. — Sections  in  outline  represent  percentage  of  men 
emploved,  and  sections  in  black  percentage  of  men  unemployed 
in  each  of  nine  building  industries  at  the  time  when  each  in- 
dustry showed  the  largest  percentage  of  unemployment 

Opportunities  for  Advancement 

The  building  trades  offer  many  opportunities  for  ad- 
vancement. One  reason  for  this  is  the  large  number 

180 


of  supervisory  positions  made  necessary  by  the  wide 
range  of  building  activities.  A  foreman  in  almost  any 
of  the  trades  must  be  able  to  read  plans,  as  he  must 
lay  out  the  work.  It  is  not  necessary  for  him  to  be 
the  most  skilled  mechanic  in  the  force.  Employers 
and  superintendents  say  that  in  selecting  foremen 
they  lay  about  equal  weight  on  skill  and  on  ability 
to  handle  men. 

As  a  rule,  foremanship  carries  with  it  higher  wages, 
although  in  some  cases  the  pay  is  the  same  as  that 
of  the  regular  journeymen.  The  reward  for  the  added 
responsibility  comes  in  the  form  of  steadier  employ- 
ment. It  is  not  uncommon  for  a  foreman  to  be  hired 
on  a  salary  basis  and  carried  on  the  payroll  through- 
out the  entire  year. 

Small  contracting  offers  another  form  of  advance- 
ment. It  requires  but  little  initial  investment  to 
make  a  modest  beginning,  because  individual  work- 
men in  the  various  building  trades  provide  their  own 
tools  and  no  expensive  machines  are  required.  Com- 
paratively little  working  capital  is  necessary,  as  pro- 
vision is  made  in  most  contracts  for  part  payments 
as  the  work  progresses. 


The  Problem  of  Training 

The  recommendations  of  the  report  relating  to  train- 
ing for  the  building  trades  may  be  summarized  under 
five  headings: 

1.  Reduce  retardation.    The  first  step  in  improving 
the  educational  preparation  of  workers  entering  the 

181 


building  trades  is  to  reduce  retardation  or  slow  prog- 
ress in  the  elementary  grades.  At  present  it  is  ap- 
proximately true  of  the  men  entering  the  building 
trades  that  one-third  drop  out  of  school  by  the  sixth 
grade,  two-thirds  by  the  seventh  grade,  and  three- 
thirds  by  the  eighth  grade.  Now  according  to  law 
a  boy  cannot  go  to  work  until  he  is  16,  and  if  he  has 
made  normal  progress  he  will  have  completed  the 
eight  grades  of  the  elementary  course  before  he  has 
reached  that  age.  In  point  of  fact,  many  of  these 
boys  do  not  make  normal  progress  through  the  grades 
and  hence  they  reach  the  age  of  15  before  completing 
the  elementary  course.  As  a  result  they  fall  out  of 
school  without  having  had  those  portions  of  the  work 
in  reading,  drawing,  mathematics,  and  elementary 
science  which  would  be  of  most  direct  use  to  them  in 
their  future  work. 

2.  General  industrial  courses  in  seventh,  eighth,  and 
ninth  grades.  If  retardation  could  be  largely  reduced 
in  the  elementary  grades,  industrialized  courses 
could  be  properly  introduced  in  the  seventh,  eighth, 
and  ninth  grades  for  boys  intending  to  enter  the 
building  trades.  The  specific  changes  recommended 
include  as  their  most  important  elements: 

a.  Increased  training  in  industrial  arithmetic  be- 
ginning in  the  seventh  grade. 

b.  Courses  in  industrial  drawing. 

c.  Courses  in  elementary  science  relating  to  in- 
dustry. 

d.  Courses  in  industrial  information. 

e.  General  courses  in  industrial  shop  work. 

182 


These  are  general  industrial  courses  and  it  is  recom- 
mended that  they  be  introduced  as  prominent  feat- 
ures of  the  work  of  the  junior  high  school.  They 
are  not  intended  to  take  the  place  of  specialized 
courses  in  the  building  trades,  but  they  are  proposed 
as  courses  valuable  for  all  future  industrial  workers 
and  within  which  certain  adaptations  should  be 
made  for  those  who  are  intending  to  enter  the  build- 
ing trades. 

3.  A  two  year  industrial  trade  school.  In  addition 
to  the  general  industrial  courses  in  junior  high  schools 
that  have  been  recommended  in  the  previous  section, 
there  should  be  established  a  two  year  industrial 
trade  school  for  boys.  It  should  receive  boys  14  to 
16  years  of  age  who  desire  direct  trade-preparatory 
training.  There  are  good  reasons  why  the  present 
elementary  schools,  the  proposed  junior  high  schools, 
and  the  existing  technical  high  schools  cannot  satis- 
factorily take  the  place  of  a  specialized  two  year 
course  in  giving  boys  direct  trade-preparatory  educa- 
tion. Boys  who  go  through  the  technical  high  schools 
do  not  remain  in  the  building  trades  as  artisans. 
This  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  less  than  two  per  cent 
of  the  graduates  of  these  schools  are  working  in  the 
building  trades. 

The  elementary  schools  and  the  junior  high  schools 
cannot  conduct  satisfactory  trade-preparatory 
courses  for  the  building  industry  for  the  reason  that 
they  do  not  bring  together  at  any  one  point  a  suffi- 
cient number  of  these  future  workers  to  make  it 
possible  to  teach  them  economically.  This  is  a  con- 

183 


sideration  which  conditions  every  plan  for  the  organ- 
ization of  industrial  education.  It  is  a  question  of  the 
community's  capacity  to  absorb  workmen  trained 
for  any  given  occupation.  In  Cleveland  about  4,000 
boys  leave  the  public  elementary  schools  each  year. 
Approximately  2,400  of  them  drop  out  of  the  ele- 
mentary schools  or  leave  after  graduating  from  them, 
while  the  remaining  1,600  go  on  to  high  school.  The 
future  workers  in  the  building  trades  will  be  largely 
recruited  from  the  2,400  boys  who  leave  the  ele- 
mentary schools  each  year.  Most  of  them  range  in 
age  from  14  to  16  and  in  school  advancement  from 
the  fifth  to  the  eighth  grades.  They  represent  a 
cross-section  of  a  large  part  of  the  city's  adult  man- 
hood of  a  few  years  hence. 

Now  the  census  figures  tell  us  that  if  present  con- 
ditions maintain  in  the  future  only  about  100  of  the 
4,000  boys  leaving  school  each  year  will  be  car- 
penters. For  the  purposes  of  the  present  inquiry  we 
may  assume  that  these  100  future  carpenters  are  to 
be  found  among  the  2,400  boys  who  do  not  go  on  to 
high  school.  But  Cleveland  has  108  elementary 
schools  and  these  100  future  carpenters  are  widely 
scattered  among  them.  Even  if  we  knew  which  boys 
were  destined  to  become  carpenters,  and  even  if  we 
knew  when  they  would  leave  school,  and  even  if  we 
should  decide  to  give  them  all  trade  preparatory 
education  for  the  last  two  years  of  their  school  life, 
we  should  still  have  an  average  class  in  carpentry 
of  only  two  boys  in  each  elementary  school.  This  is 
administratively  and  educationally  impossible.   For 

184 


similar  reasons  specialized  trade  preparatory  classes 
in  junior  high  schools  would  prove  exceedingly  diffi- 
cult to  organize. 

The  whole  situation  is  changed,  however,  when  we 
gather  in  a  central  school  all  these  future  artisans 
who  have  decided  that  they  wish  to  prepare  for  spe- 
cific trades.  Under  these  conditions  classes  would  be 
sufficiently  large  so  that  specialized  training  could  be 
given  and  special  equipment  provided.  This  work 
would  best  be  undertaken  in  a  school  entirely  devoted 
to  the  purpose,  but  such  courses  might  be  organized 
in  connection  with  the  present  technical  high  schools. 
This  arrangement  would  be  less  desirable  and  prob- 
ably give  inferior  results.  The  important  point,  how- 
ever, is  not  so  much  the  organization  or  curriculum 
for  these  classes,  it  is  the  fundamental  fact  that  trade 
classes  can  be  wisely  organized  only  when  a  suffi- 
ciently large  number  of  pupils  can  be  gathered  in  one 
place  so  as  to  make  the  work  efficient  and  economical. 

The  effectiveness  of  the  trade-preparatory  training 
recommended  would  be  greatly  increased  if  the  upper 
limit  of  the  compulsory  attendance  period  for  boys 
should  be  placed  at  16  years  instead  of  at  15  as  it  is  now. 

4.  Trade-Extension  Classes  for  Apprentices.  At  the 
present  time  the  technical  high  schools  offer  even- 
ing classes  for  apprentices  in  the  building  trades. 
About  one-seventh  of  the  apprentices  of  the  city  are 
enrolled  in  these  classes.  In  the  main  they  are  full 
grown  men.  In  general  they  do  not  want  shop  work 
related  to  their  own  trades,  but  prefer  instead  to  en- 
roll in  courses  in  drawing. 

The  considerations  already  presented  bear  in  minor 

185 


degree  on  the  problem  of  providing  evening  instruc- 
tion for  trade  apprentices.  The  essential  for  efficient 
work  is  that  a  sufficient  number  of  pupils  be  brought 
together  so  as  to  make  it  possible  to  organize  spe- 
cialized classes  in  different  kinds  of  work  that  the 
pupils  want  and  need.  So  long  as  there  are  only  50 
apprentices  enrolled  in  the  entire  city,  and  these 
represent  a  number  of  trades,  many  different  stages 
of  advancement,  and  a  variety  of  needs,  truly  effi- 
cient work  will  be  impossible.  Better  conditions  can 
be  brought  about  only  through  the  cooperation  of 
the  unions,  the  employers,  and  the  school  people. 

5.  Trade-Extension  Work  for  Journeymen.  The 
evening  technical  schools  now  maintain  shop  classes 
and  drawing  classes  for  workers  in  the  building 
trades.  Less  than  one  per  cent  of  the  workers  in  these 
trades  are  enrolled  in  these  classes.  There  is  little 
differentiation  in  the  school  work  offered  to  helpers, 
apprentices,  and  journeymen.  The  result  is  that  the 
work  is  much  less  efficient  than  it  might  well  be.  It 
cannot  be  rendered  much  more  efficient  than  it  is 
until  the  classes  are  increased  in  size  and  as  a  result 
the  work  differentiated  and  specialized.  This  type 
of  improvement  will  result  only  from  putting  the 
night  school  work  in  the  hands  of  skilful  and  well 
paid  directors  and  teachers  who  bring  to  it  a  degree 
of  energy,  enterprise,  ingenuity,  and  adaptability 
that  it  is  unreasonable  to  expect  and  impossible  to 
get  from  day  school  teachers  who  have  already  given 
the  best  that  is  in  them  to  their  regular  classes  and 
are  giving  a  fatigued  margin  of  work  and  attention 
to  their  night  school  pupils. 

186 


CHAPTER  XVIII 

SUMMARY  OF  REPORT  ON  RAILROAD  AND 
STREET  TRANSPORTATION 

The  report  on  railroad  and  street  transportation 
takes  up  a  class  of  wage  earning  occupations  that 
give  employment  in  Cleveland  to  approximately 
15,000  men.  A  much  larger  proportion  than  is  found 
in  most  other  industrial  manual  occupations  are 
natives  of  the  city.  Although  some  of  the  work  is 
relatively  unskilled,  all  of  the  different  occupations 
have  one  common  characteristic — the  necessity  for 
a  knowledge  of  the  English  language  and  some  ac- 
quaintance with  local  customs  and  conditions.  For 
this  reason  comparatively  few  foreigners  are  em- 
ployed. 

The  report  takes  up  separately  three  types  of 
workers,  those  employed  in  railroad  train  service, 
those  engaged  in  wagon  or  automobile  transporta- 
tion, and  the  car  service  employees  of  the  street 
railroad. 

Railroad  Transportation 

The  study  covered  only  those  railroad  occupations 
that  are  directly  concerned  with  the  actual  opera- 

187 


tion  of  trains,  such  as  those  of  engineers,  firemen, 
conductors,  and  trainmen.  These  occupations  have 
many  points  in  common  and  bring  into  play  many 
similar  mental  and  physical  characteristics.  The  re- 
quirements for  entrance  are  strict  and  examinations 
for  the  higher  positions  are  obligatory.  In  all  of  them 
the  hazards  are  great.  Each  occupation  is  firmly  in- 
trenched in  trade  unionism.  Differences  with  em- 
ployers relating  to  such  matters  as  promotion,  hours 
of  labor,  wages,  and  overtime  are  settled  by  collective 
bargaining  or,  in  case  of  failure  to  agree,  by  arbitra- 
tion proceedings. 

The  estimated  number  of  men  in  Cleveland  em- 
ployed in  these  occupations  in  1915  is  approximately 
4,500.  Of  these  about  one-fourth  are  switchmen  and 
flagmen,  one-fourth  enginemen,  one-fifth  brakemen, 
one-sixth  conductors,  and  one-eighth  firemen. 

The  requirements  for  entrance  call  for  a  high  de- 
gree of  physical  fitness.  The  applicant  for  employ- 
ment mus  t  pass  a  severe  examination  as  to  vision  and 
hearing,  and  in  addition  furnish  certain  data  as  to 
his  family  history,  as  it  relates  to  insanity,  tubercu- 
losis, and  certain  other  diseases.  The  high  standard 
maintained  insures  a  type  of  employees  which  for 
physical  fitness,  mental  alertness,  and  ability  to 
handle  difficult  situations  is  unsurpassed  in  any 
industry. 

Frequent  examinations,  which  are  compulsory, 
are  the  stepping-stones  to  the  higher  positions.  In 
this  way  a  brakeman  qualifies  for  the  position  of 
freight  conductor,  a  freight  conductor  for  that  of 

188 


passenger  conductor,  and  a  fireman  for  a  position  as 
engineer. 

Each  of  the  two  services,  passenger  and  freight, 
has  its  advantages.  In  the  passenger  service  the 
working  day  is  short,  with  little  overtime.  Freight 
service  requires  a  longer  working  day  and  a  con- 
siderable amount  of  overtime.  Promotions  in  both 
services  and  from  one  to  the  other  are  made  on  the 
basis  of  seniority. 

Violation  of  the  strict  rules  laid  down  for  the  opera- 
tion of  trains  on  the  part  of  employees  may  result 
in  reprimand,  suspension,  or  dismissal,  according  to 
the  gravity  of  the  offense.  The  penalty  of  suspension 
has  practically  superseded  the  others  except  in  ex- 
treme cases,  such  as  drunkenness,  theft,  or  other 
serious  violations  of  the  rules,  for  which  offenders 
are  summarily  dismissed.  On  some  railroads,  a 
graded  system  of  demerits  is  used.  When  an  em- 
ployee has  received  a  certain  number  of  demerits  he 
is  dismissed  from  the  service. 

The  railroad  unions  are  among  the  strongest  and 
most  aggressive  in  the  country.  The  total  union 
membership  among  train  operating  employees  alone 
in  the  country  is  approximately  350,000.  The  unions 
are  all  modeled  upon  the  same  general  plan.  They 
are  quite  independent  of  each  other,  keep  strictly  to 
their  agreements  and  oppose  the  sympathetic  strike. 
They  all  maintain  some  form  of  life  insurance.  Four 
organizations  have  underwritten  over  $500,000,000 
of  insurance  and  one  of  them  in  a  single  year  paid 
claims  amounting  to  $1,135,000.    The  influence  of 

189 


these  unions  has  been  particularly  effective  in  secur- 
ing the  passage  of  protective  state  and  national  legis- 
lation such  as  full  crew  laws,  standardization  of  train 
equipment,  employers'  liability  laws,  car  limit  laws, 
etc. 

The  hazardous  nature  of  the  work  is  indicated  by 
a  statement  made  by  a  prominent  union  official  to 
the  effect  that  the  Trainmen's  Brotherhood  paid  a 
claim  for  death  or  disability  every  seven  hours.  A 
report  to  the  Interstate  Commerce  Commission 
states  that  there  is  one  case  of  injury  in  train  or  yard 
service  every  nine  minutes.  With  the  invention  of 
safety  devices  the  risk  of  accident  has  been  greatly 
lessened,  but  railroading  is  still  one  of  the  most 
dangerous  industrial  occupations. 

There  is  little  chance  of  employment  for  applicants 
under  the  age  of  21  years.  In  fact,  many  roads  refuse 
to  employ  men  below  this  age.  Physical  or  sense  de- 
fects which  often  accompany  advancing  years,  and 
which  would  not  disqualify  a  man  in  other  occupa- 
tions do  so  in  railroad  work.  The  average  length  of 
the  working  life  is  a  little  over  12  years. 

Railroad  employees  are  among  the  best  paid 
workers  in  the  country.  A  close  estimate  based  on 
extensive  wage  investigations  places  the  annual  earn- 
ings of  engineers  at  from  $1,200  to  $2,400  a  year, 
with  an  average  of  $1,600.  Conductors  average  about 
$1,350,  firemen  a  little  over  $900,  and  other  train- 
men about  $950.  The  usual  working  day  is  10  hours, 
although  this  is  often  exceeded.    Overtime  is  paid 


190 


on  a  regular  scale  agreed  upon  by  the  companies 
and  the  union. 

The  educational  requirements  are  not  very  exact- 
ing. A  thorough  grounding  in  the  "  three  RV  is 
usually  all  that  is  necessary.  A  large  amount  of 
trade  knowledge  is  obtained  through  contact  and 
participation  after  entering  employment  and  can  be 
gained  in  no  other  way.  The  examinations  for  pro- 
motion are  of  a  thorough-going  character.  One  of 
the  roads  in  Cleveland  requires  an  examination  of 
its  firemen  and  trainmen  six  months  after  employ- 
ment, as  to  vision,  color-sense,  and  hearing.  They 
must  also  pass  an  oral  examination  on  the  char- 
acteristics of  their  division  and  a  written  examina- 
tion on  certain  set  questions  furnished  them  in  ad- 
vance. Two  years  later  they  are  examined  again, 
the  fireman  for  engineman,  and  the  brakeman  for 
conductor.  The  scope  of  these  examinations  covers 
the  whole  range  of  train  operating.  Each  of  the  five 
large  railroads  entering  Cleveland  has  air-brake  cars 
equipped  with  various  forms  of  air  brakes,  air  sig- 
nals, pumps,  valves,  and  injectors  for  the  purpose  of 
giving  instruction  to  trainmen.  A  competent  in- 
structor is  put  in  charge  of  these  cars  to  explain  the 
theory  and  practice  of  the  apparatus  and  also  to  give 
instruction  in  any  new  type  of  engine  or  train  equip- 
ment. 

The  conclusions  of  the  report  are  in  the  main  nega- 
tive with  respect  to  specialized  vocational  training 
in  the  public  schools.  There  is  no  doubt  that  the 
general    industrial    course    recommended    for    the 

191 


junior  high  school  period  in  previous  chapters  would 
be  of  some  value  to  boys  who  may  enter  this  line  of 
work.  Problems  of  railroad  transportation  might 
well  be  included  as  part  of  the  work  in  applied  mathe- 
matics. What  workers  in  these  occupations  need 
most,  however,  is  a  thorough  elementary  educa- 
tion. 


Motor  and  Wagon  Transportation 

This  section  of  the  report  takes  up  such  occupations 
as  those  of  teamsters,  chauffeurs,  and  repairmen. 
There  are  no  reliable  data  as  to  the  number  of  men 
in  the  city  employed  in  these  occupations,  but  it  is 
certain  that  it  does  not  fall  below  9,000.  Notwith- 
standing the  great  increase  in  the  use  of  automobiles 
and  auto  trucks  in  recent  years  the  number  of  team- 
sters at  the  present  time  is  in  excess  of  4,000  men.  A 
very  large  proportion  of  the  men  employed  in  these 
occupations  are  of  American  birth. 

The  general  conditions  of  labor  such  as  wages, 
hours  of  labor,  and  so  on,  are  the  same  for  team- 
sters and  chauffeurs.  They  earn  about  the  same 
wages,  belong  to  the  same  union,  and  work  about  the 
same  hours.  The  wages  range  from  25  to  37  cents  an 
hour.  Earnings  in  the  better  paid  jobs  compare 
favorably  with  those  in  several  of  the  skilled  trades. 
Automobile  repairmen  earn  from  30  to  45  cents  an 
hour,  and  work  from  nine  to  10  hours  a  day.  The 
working  day  for  teamsters  and  chauffeurs  is  some- 
what longer,  ranging  from  10  to  12  hours.   At  the 

192 


present  time  these  occupations  are  only  partially 
organized  in  trade  unions. 

The  report  recommends  the  establishment  of  a 
course  in  automobile  construction  and  operation  in 
the  technical  high  schools.  In  view  of  the  constantly 
increasing  use  of  automobiles  such  a  course  would  be 
of  value  to  many  boys  besides  those  who  enter  em- 
ployment as  chauffeurs  and  truck  drivers. 

Street  Railroad  Transportation 

There  are  employed  in  Cleveland  at  present  approxi- 
mately 2,500  motormen  and  street  car  conductors. 
Almost  all  of  them  are  of  American  birth,  and  the 
majority  are  natives  of  the  city. 

As  in  railroad  work  each  applicant  for  employment 
must  pass  an  examination,  although  the  requirements 
are  less  exacting  than  those  demanded  in  railroad 
work.  The  preliminary  training  occupies  about  10 
days,  during  which  the  motorman  is  taught  by  actual 
car  operation  how  to  operate  the  controller,  how  to 
apply  and  release  the  brakes,  and  other  duties  con- 
nected with  the  careful  running  of  the  car  through 
crowded  streets.  The  conductor  is  taught  the  names 
of  the  streets,  how  and  when  to  call  them,  where 
stops  are  to  be  made,  when  to  turn  lights  on  and  off, 
how  to  act  in  case  of  accidents,  and  the  various 
duties  which  deal  with  the  sale,  collection,  and  re- 
porting of  transfers  and  tickets. 

No  one  is  admitted  into  the  service  before  the  age 
of  21  or  after  35.  Promotion  usually  comes  in  the 
13  193 


form  of  better  runs.  The  chances  of  promotion  to 
positions  above  the  grade  of  conductor  or  motor- 
man  are  very  slight.  About  90  per  cent  of  the  men 
belong  to  the  local  union.  Union  rates  of  pay  for 
motormen  and  conductors  are  higher  in  Cleveland 
than  in  most  cities  in  the  country,  in  spite  of  the  fact 
that  this  is  the  only  large  city  in  the  country  with 
a  three  cent  street  car  far.  The  wages  of  both  motor- 
men  and  conductors  are  29  cents  an  hour  for  the 
first  year  and  32  in  succeeding  years.  The  hours  of 
labor  are  very  irregular.  The  usual  working  day  is 
from  10  to  12  hours. 

The  author  of  the  report  is  of  the  opinion  that  no 
special  instruction  for  this  type  of  workers  can  be 
given  by  the  public  schools. 


194 


CHAPTER  XIX 

SUMMARY  OF  REPORT  ON  THE  PRINTING 

TRADES 

A  smaller  proportion  of  the  industrial  population  in 
Cleveland  is  engaged  in  printing  than  in  most  large 
cities.  The  number  of  persons  employed  in  printing 
occupations  in  1915  is  estimated  at  approximately 
3,900,  made  up  chiefly  of  skilled  workmen.  Little  com- 
mon labor  is  used  in  any  department  of  the  industry. 
The  business  of  printing  is  usually  conducted  in 
small  establishments.  There  are  not  more  than  six 
plants  in  the  city  which  employ  over  75  wage  earners. 
Data  collected  from  44  local  printing  shops,  showed 
an  average  working  force  of  only  36  persons.  Due 
largely  to  this  characteristic  printing  affords  an  un- 
usual number  of  opportunities  for  advancement  to 
the  skilled  workers  in  the  industry.  The  smaller  the 
establishments  are  the  greater  is  the  proportion  of 
proprietors,  superintendents,  managers  and  foremen 
to  the  total  number  of  wage  earners.  Ten  per  cent 
of  the  total  working  force  in  the  printing  industry 
is  employed  in  supervisory  and  directive  positions. 
In  many  of  the  large  manufacturing  industries  of 
the  city  the  proportion  in  such  work  is  less  than  three 
per  cent. 

195 


No  other  manufacturing  industry  employs  so  large 
a  proportion  of  American  born  workers.  In  recent 
years  many  of  the  skilled  industrial  trades  have  been 
recruited  to  a  very  large  extent  from  foreign  labor, 


Building  construction 


W/M///M   » 


Clothing  factories 


Steel  works  and  rolling  mills 


Automobile  factories 


Foundries  and  machine  shops 


Diagram  12. — Number  of  men  in  each  100  in  printing  and  five 
other  industries  earning  each  class  of  weekly  wage.  Black  in- 
dicates less  than  $18,  hatching,  $18  to  $25,  and  outline  $25 
and  over 


but  in  printing  the  American  worker  has  so  far  held 
his  own  remarkably  well.  This  is  due  in  part  to  the 
relatively  high  wages  and  desirable  working  condi- 
tions and  to  the  necessity  in  all  branches  of  printing 
for  a  working  knowledge  of  English. 

196 


Practically  all  of  the  trades  are  thoroughly  organ- 
ized. The  unions  are  united  in  a  body  called  the 
Council  of  the  Allied  Printing  Trades.  Although 
only  about  half  of  the  shops  in  the  city  employ  union 
labor  exclusively,  the  union  regulations  as  to  wages 
and  hours  of  labor  are  observed  in  both  open  and 
closed  shops. 

Printing  workers  are  among  the  best  paid  in- 
dustrial wage  earners  in  the  city.  A  comparison  of 
the  weekly  earnings  in  the  various  manufacturing 
industries  is  shown  in  Diagram  12.  This  comparison 
is  based  upon  the  1914  report  of  the  Ohio  Industrial 
Commission. 

The  comparison  of  the  earnings  of  women  in  vari- 
ous industries,  shown  in  Diagram  13,  is  less  favorable 
to  printing.  On  the  basis  of  the  proportion  of  women 
that  earn  $12  and  over  per  week  this  industry  takes 
third  place.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  nearly 
all  the  women  employed  are  engaged  in  semi-skilled 
work  in  binderies, — a  lower  grade  of  work  than  that 
done  by  most  women  workers  in  clothing  factories, 
where  wages  are  higher.  Compared  with  other  occu- 
pations that  require  about  the  same  amount  of  ex- 
perience and  training,  in  textile,  tobacco,  and  con- 
fectionery manufacturing  establishments,  the  wages 
of  women  employed  in  the  printing  industry  are  rela- 
tively high. 

Wage  earners  in  printing  establishments  lose  less 

time  through  irregularity  of  employment  than  do 

those  in  most  other  factory  industries.   The  kind  of 

work  done  by  women  is  more  seasonal  than  that  done 

14  197 


by  men,  although  less  so  than  in  other  manufacturing 
industries  which  employ  large  numbers  of  women. 


Man's  clothing  factories 

i 

Women's  clothing  factories 


fl I 


Gas  and  electric  fixture  establishments 
ill 


Printing  and  publishing  establishments 


Cigar  and  tobacco  factories 


m 


Hosiery  and  knit  goods  factories 


Confectionery  establishments 

!t3 


Diagram  13.— Number  of  women  in  each  100  in  printing  and 
six  other  industries  earning  each  class  of  weekly  wage.  Black 
indicates  less  than  $8,  hatching  $8  to  $12,  and  outline  $12  and 
over 

Composing  Room  Workers 

Nearly  all  the  workers  in  this  department  of  the  in- 
dustry are  hand  or  machine  compositors.  Until 
about  30  years  ago,  before  practical  type-setting  ma- 
chines were  invented,  all  type  was  set  by  hand.  To- 

198 


day  the  hand  compositor,  except  in  very  small  shops, 
works  only  on  jobs  requiring  special  type  and  special 
arrangement,  such  as  advertisements,  title  covers  of 
books,  letter  heads,  and  so  on. 

In  the  city  there  are  about  1,200  people  employed 
in  composing  room  occupations,  or  about  30  per 
cent  of  the  total  number  of  workers  in  the  industry. 
This  number  includes  some  50  women  employed  as 
proof-readers  and  copy-holders.  Nine-tenths  of  the 
composing  room  workers  are  members  of  the  Inter- 
national Typographical  Union,  although  the  num- 
ber of  shops  that  employ  union  men  exclusively, 
called  closed  shops,  approximates  only  one-half  of 
the  total  number  in  the  city.  The  remainder,  while 
employing  union  labor,  observing  union  hours,  and 
paying  union  wages,  reserve  the  right  to  hire  non- 
union workmen. 

Composing  room  workers  are  the  best  paid  in  the 
industry.  A  comparison  of  average  wages  in  news- 
paper and  job  establishments  is  shown  in  Table  27. 


TABLE  27.— AVERAGE  DAILY  EARNINGS  OF  JOB  AND  NEWS- 
PAPER COMPOSING-ROOM  WORKERS,  1915 


Newspaper 

Workers  in  trade 

Job  offices 

offices 

Foremen 

$5.19 

$6.65 

Linotype  machinists 

4.66 

4.84 

Proof-readers 

4.63 

3.98 

Monotype  operators 

4.57 

Iinotypers 

4.28 

4.65 

Monotype  casters 

3.96 

4.30 

Stonemen 

3.94 

4.89 

Hand-compositors 

3.48 

4.58 

Copy-holders 

2.30 

2.93 

Apprentices 

1.64 

1.39 

199 


Compositors  suffer  most  from  the  diseases  that  are 
common  to  indoor  workers.  The  stooping  position 
in  which  much  of  the  work  is  done,  together  with  in- 
sufficient ventilation  and  the  presence  of  gases  from 
the  molten  metal  used  in  monotype  and  linotype 
machines,  favors  the  development  of  lung  diseases. 
The  number  of  deaths  from  consumption  among 
compositors  is  more  than  double  that  in  most  out- 
door occupations. 

The  apprenticeship  system  has  held  its  own  in  the 
compositor's  trade  better  than  in  most  industrial 
occupations.  In  the  establishments  visited  by  the 
Survey  Staff  there  were  approximately  15  apprentices 
to  each  100  hand  and  machine  compositors.  As  a 
rule  there  is  no  real  system  or  method  of  instruction. 
The  points  principally  insisted  upon  by  the  union, 
which  strongly  favors  the  apprenticeship  system,  are 
that  the  number  of  apprentices  employed  shall  not 
exceed  that  stipulated  in  the  agreement  between  the 
employers  and  the  union,  and  that  each  apprentice 
shall  be  required  to  serve  the  full  term  of  five  years. 
'  During  the  first  and  second  years  the  apprentice 
is  required  to  perform  general  work  in  the  composing 
room  under  the  direction  of  the  foreman.  In  the 
third  year  he  joins  the  union  as  an  apprentice.  The 
apprenticeship  agreement  stipulates  that  during 
this  year  he  must  be  employed  four  hours  each  day 
at  composition  and  distribution.  In  the  fourth  and 
fifth  years  the  number  of  hours  per  day  on  such  work 
is  increased  to  six  and  seven  respectively.  During 
the  last  two  years  of  his  term  he  must  take  the  even- 

200 


ing  trade  course  given  by  the  International  Typo- 
graphical Union,  the  expense  of  tuition  being  met  by 
the  local  union.  The  agreement  contains  no  stipula- 
tion as  to  wages  for  the  first  and  second  years.  The 
wage  for  the  third  year  is  $9  a  week,  for  the  fourth 
year  $12,  and  for  the  fifth,  $15.  Apprentices  in  news- 
paper composing  rooms  are  permitted  to  spend  the 
last  six  months  of  their  period  working  on  type- 
setting machines. 

The  Pressroom 

The  pressroom  occupations  include  platen  and  cyl- 
inder pressmen,  web  or  newspaper  pressmen,  platen 
and  cylinder  pressfeeders,  plate  printers,  cutters, 
flyboys  and  apprentices.  Approximately  15  per  cent 
of  the  men  employed  are  cylinder  pressmen,  about 
10  per  cent  platen  pressmen,  and  less  than  three  per 
cent  web  pressmen.  Pressfeeders  comprise  over  40 
per  cent  of  the  whole  group.  Nearly  nine-tenths  of 
all  pressroom  workers  are  employed  in  job  estab- 
lishments. Five  occupations — those  of  cutters,  floor- 
men,  flyboys,  plate  printers,  and  web  pressmen — give 
employment  to  fewer  than  40  men  each. 

The  average  daily  earnings  of  pressroom  workers 
in  the  establishments  from  which  wage  data  were 
collected  during  the  survey  are  shown  in  Table  28. 

The  hourly  rates  of  pay  are  high  as  compared 
with  those  in  other  occupations  requiring  an  equal 
or  greater  amount  of  skill  and  knowledge.  Cylinder 
pressmen  earn  more  per  hour  than  do  tool  and  die 
makers — the  most  highly  skilled  of  the  metal  trades 

201 


— and  platen  pressmen  in  charge  of  five  or  more 
presses  earn  more  than  all-round  machinists  and 
boiler  makers.  The  rate  for  cylinder  pressfeeders  is 
about  three  cents  an  hour  higher  than  that  received 
for  specialized  machine  work  in  the  metal  trades. 

TABLE  28.— AVERAGE  DAILY  EARNINGS  OF  PRESSROOM 

WORKERS,  1915 

Job  pressroom  workers 

Foremen .$4.78 

Cylinder  pressmen 3.63 

Cutters 3.41 

Platen  pressmen 2.97 

Floormen 2.91 

Cylinder  pressfeeders,  men 2.54 

Cylinder  pressfeeders,  women 1.77 

Platen  pressfeeders,  men 1.83 

Platen  pressfeeders,  women 1.70 

Flyboys 1.56 

Newspaper  pressroom  workers 

Foremen 6.11 

Web  pressmen 4.33 

Web  pressmen's  assistants 2.95 

Formal  apprenticeship  is  practically  unknown. 
The  boy  begins  as  a  pressfeeder,  usually  on  a  platen 
press,  and  in  the  course  of  time  gets  to  be  a  platen 
pressman.  A  knowledge  of  platen  presswork  does 
not  qualify  a  man  to  run  a  cylinder  press,  and  as  a 
rule  the  platen  pressman  who  wants  to  change  must 
serve  some  time  as  a  cylinder  pressfeeder  and  cylinder 
pressman's  assistant.  There  is  no  organized  system 
for  training  beginners.  The  boy  who  wants  to  be- 
come a  pressman  must  pick  up  the  trade  through  ex- 
perience and  practice,  the  length  of  time  required 
depending  chiefly  on  how  frequently  changes  occur 
among  the  force  of  pressmen  employed  in  the  shop. 

202 


The  Bindery 

The  bindery  is  the  only  department  of  the  industry 
in  which  any  considerable  number  of  women  are  em- 
ployed. Some  of  the  occupations,  such  as  gathering, 
sewing,  and  stitching,  are  practically  monopolized 
by  women.  They  are  also  employed  extensively  in 
hand  and  machine  folding.  About  one-fifth  are 
gatherers  and  one-fifth  sewers  and  stitchers.  The 
other  three-fifths  are  distributed  among  a  number 
of  occupations  usually  classed  as  general  bindery 
work. 

The  occupations  in  which  men  predominate  are 
forwarding,  ruling,  and  finishing,  and  cutting.  The 
forwarders  comprise  more  than  one-fourth  of  the 
total  number  of  men  engaged  in  bindery  work.  The 
other  two  skilled  trades — ruling  and  finishing — give 
employment  to  about  35  men  each. 

The  average  daily  earnings  in  the  various  occupa- 
tions, based  on  returns  from  44  establishments,  were 
as  shown  in  Table  29. 


TABLE  29.— AVERAGE  DAILY  EARNINGS  OF  BINDERY 

WORKERS.  1915 


Workers  in  trade 

Men 

Women 

Foremen 

$4.78 

$2.05 

Rulers 

3.56 

Finishers 

3.51 

Forwarders 

3.23 

Cutters 

3.21 

Machine-folders 

2.81 

1.49 

Wire-stitchers 

1.57 

Apprentices 

1.53 

Gatherers 

1.52 

Sewers 

1.52 

Other  bindery  operatives 

1.40 

1.51 

203 


On  account  of  the  seasonal  character  of  the  work 
considerable  time  is  lost  through  unemployment, 
particularly  in  those  occupations  in  which  women 
predominate. 

Beginners  in  these  occupations  in  which  the  ma- 
jority of  the  women  are  employed,  start  on  folding 
or  pasting,  and  as  opportunity  presents,  gradually 
acquire  practice  in  the  higher  grades  of  work,  such 
as  gathering  and  machine  operating.  There  are  some 
traces  of  the  apprenticeship  system  in  forwarding, 
ruling,  and  finishing,  but  these  trades  are  so  small 
that  all  of  them  combined  require  only  a  very  few 
new  workers  each  year. 


Other  Occupations 

Other  departments  of  the  printing  industry  are 
photoengraving,  stereotyping,  electrotyping,  and 
lithographing.  They  give  employment  to  approxi- 
mately 700  workers,  distributed  among  more  than 
20  distinct  trades,  requiring  the  most  diverse  sorts 
of  skill,  knowledge,  and  training.  There  are  about 
100  men  in  the  city  engaged  in  the  different  processes 
of  photoengraving.  Nearly  all  of  the  stereotypers, 
numbering  from  60  to  70,  are  employed  in  newspaper 
offices.  There  are  about  125  electrotypers  and  400 
lithographers.  The  labor  conditions  closely  approxi- 
mate those  found  in  other  departments  of  the  in- 
dustry. Average  wages  for  the  different  occupations 
are  shown  in  Table  30. 

204 


TABLE  30.— AVERAGE  DAILY  EARNINGS  IN  PHOTOENGRAV- 
ING, STEREOTYPING,  ELECTROTYPING,  AND  LITHOGRAPH- 
ING OCCUPATIONS,  1915 

Average 
Workers  in  trade  daily  earnings 

Photoengraving 

Artists $6.32 

Photographers 4.69 

Etchers 4.52 

Routers 4.25 

Finishers 4.21 

Proofers 3.69 

Strippers 3.61 

Blockers 2.36 

Apprentices 1.49 

Art  apprentices 1.27 

Stereotyping 4.00 

Electrotyping 

Molders 4.41 

Finishers 4.01 

Casters 3.18 

Routers 3.17 

Builders 3.13 

Blockers 2.05 

Batterymen 1.97 

Case  fillers 1.59 

Apprentices 1.10 

Lithographing 

Lettermen 6.63 

Artists 6.41 

Pressroom  foremen 5.80 

Grainers 4.73 

Engravers 4.35 

Pressmen 3.91 

Transferers  and  proofers 3.41 

Pressroom  apprentices 2.80 

Tracers 2.63 

Stone  polishers 2.53 

Pressfeeders 1.72 

Other  apprentices 1.59 

Artist  apprentices 1.23 

Flyboys 1.10 

205 


There  is  no  well  organized  system  for  training 
apprentices  in  photoengraving,  stereotyping,  and 
electrotyping,  or  in  any  of  the  lithographic  trades, 
except  that  of  poster  artist,  in  which  an  efficient  and 
strictly  regulated  system  of  apprenticeship  is  main- 
tained. 

The  Problem  of  Training 

The  report  maintains  that  up  to  the  end  of  the  com- 
pulsory attendance  period  school  training  prepara- 
tory to  entering  the  printing  trades  must  be  of  the 
most  general  sort,  due  to  the  fact  that  in  the  average 
elementary  school  the  number  of  boys  who  are  likely 
to  become  printers  is  too  small  to  form  special  classes. 
For  example,  in  an  elementary  school  of  1,000  pupils 
the  number  of  boys  12  years  old  and  over  to  whom 
instruction  in  printing  would  be  of  value  from  the 
standpoint  of  future  vocational  utility,  would  prob- 
ably not  exceed  two.  While  admitting  the  advan- 
tages of  the  junior  high  school  for  the  purposes  of 
vocational  training,  the  report  points  out  that  even 
in  a  school  where  only  pupils  of  the  upper  grades  are 
admitted,  the  number  who  are  likely  to  become 
printers  is  still  too  small  to  warrant  special  instruc- 
tion. In  a  junior  high  school  of  1,000  pupils  not  more 
than  nine  boys  are  likely  to  become  printers. 

The  reporb  recommends  a  general  industrial  course 
during  the  junior  high  school  period.  What  the  boys 
need  at  this  time  is  practice  in  the  application  of 
mathematics,  drawing,  and  elementary  science  to 
industrial   problems.     Shop   equipment   should   be 

206 


selected  with  this  object  in  mind.  It  is  doubtful 
whether  it  should  include  a  printing  shop,  for  while 
such  a  shop  would  be  useful  to  the  few  boys  who  will 
become  printers,  it  would  be  of  little  value  in  train- 
ing for  other  industries.  The  report  suggests  as  sub- 
jects which  should  be  included  in  the  general  in- 
dustrial course  practice  in  handling  and  assembling 
machinery,  the  study  of  color  harmony,  and  the 
principles  of  design  in  connection  with  the  work  in 
drawing,  the  use  of  printing  shop  problems  in  applied 
mathematics,  and  thorough  instruction  in  spelling, 
punctuation,  and  the  division  of  words.  It  also 
recommends  the  course  of  industrial  information 
referred  to  in  previous  chapters. 

The  establishment  of  a  two  year  printing  course  in 
a  separate  vocational  school  is  recommended  to 
meet  the  need  for  specialized  instruction  from  the 
end  of  the  compulsory  period  to  the  apprentice 
entering  age.  The  printing  trades  are  relatively 
small  and  it  is  only  by  concentrating  in  a  single 
school  plant  all  the  boys  who  may  wish  to  enter 
them  that  specialized  training  can  be  made  practi- 
cable. In  this  way  it  would  be  possible  to  secure 
classes  of  from  60  to  100  boys  each  for  such  trades 
as  composition  and  presswork.  The  report  empha- 
sizes the  need  for  instruction  in  trade  theory  as 
against  practice  on  specific  operations.  It  points 
out  that  the  boys  will  have  plenty  of  opportunity 
after  they  go  to  work  to  acquire  speed  and  manual 
skill,  while  they  have  little  chance,  under  modern 
shop  conditions,  to  obtain  an  understanding  of  the 

207 


relation  of  drawing,  physics,  chemistry,  mathematics, 
and  art  to  their  work. 

The  only  trade  extension  training  offered  by  the 
public  schools  at  the  present  time  is  that  given  in  the 
technical  night  schools.  During  the  second  term  of 
1915-16  there  were  28  persons  enrolled  in  the  techni- 
cal night  school  printing  class.  Of  these  28  persons 
three  were  journeymen  printers,  five  described  them- 
selves as  " helpers,"  11  were  apprentices,  one  was 
employed  in  the  office  of  a  printing  establishment, 
and  eight  were  engaged  in  occupations  unrelated  to 
printing.  No  special  provision  is  made  for  the  ap- 
prentices. The  course,  which  includes  hand  composi- 
tion, a  little  press  work,  and  lectures  on  trade  sub- 
jects, is  planned  "to  help  broaden  the  shop  training 
of  those  working  at  the  trade  "  That  it  does  so  to 
any  considerable  extent  is  doubtful.  Too  much  of 
the  time  is  devoted  to  hand  work  and  practice  on 
operations  which  the  boys  can  easily  learn  in  the 
shops.  It  is  believed  that  the  plan  followed  in  the 
evening  apprentice  course  prescribed  by  the  Inter- 
national Typographical  Union,  in  which  no  shop 
equipment  or  apparatus  is  used,  is  better  adapted  to 
the  needs  of  boys  employed  in  the  trade.  The  course 
consists  of  46  lessons  in  English,  lettering,  design, 
color  harmony,  job  composition,  and  imposition  for 
machine,  and  hand  folding.  The  classes  are  taught 
by  journeymen  teachers.  In  February  1916  about 
100  students  were  enrolled,  of  whom  approximately 
one-third  were  apprentices  and  two-thirds  journey- 
men. 

208 


CLEVELAND  EDUCATION  SURVEY  REPORTS 

These  reports  can  be  secured  from  the  Survey  Committee  of 
the  Cleveland  Foundation,  Cleveland,  Ohio.  They  will  be 
sent  postpaid  for  25  cents  per  volume  with  the  exception 
of  "Measuring  the  Work  of  the  Public  Schools"  by  Judd, 
"The  Cleveland  School  Survey"  by  Ayres,  and  "Wage  Earn- 
ing and  Education"  by  Lutz.  These  three  volumes  will  be 
sent  for  50  cents  each.  All  of  these  reports  may  be  secured 
at  the  same  rates  from  the  Division  of  Education  of  the 
Russell  Sage  Foundation,  New  York  City. 

Child  Accounting  in  the  Public  Schools — Ayres. 
Educational  Extension — Perry. 
^Education  through  Recreation — Johnson. 
Financing  the  Public  Schools — Clark. 
Health  Work  in  the  Public  Schools — Ayres. 
Household  Arts  and  School  Lunches — Boughton. 
U"  Measuring  the  Work  of  the  Public  Schools — Judd. 
^Overcrowded  Schools  and  the  Platoon  Plan — Hart- 
well. 
School  Buildings  and  Equipment — Ayres. 
^Schools  and  Classes  for  Exceptional  Children — Mit- 
chell. 
V~  School  Organization  and  Administration — Ayres. 
j_The  Public  Library  and  the  Public  Schools — Ayres 

and  McKinnie. 
£,  The  School  and  the  Immigrant — Miller. 
i    The  Teaching  Staff — Jessup. 

>*What  the  Schools  Teach  and  Might  Teach— Bobbitt. 
v  The  Cleveland  School  Survey  (Summary) — Ayres. 


u  Boys  and  Girls  in  Commercial  Work — Stevens. 
^-Department  Store  Occupations — O'Leary. 

Dressmaking  and  Millinery — Bryner. 

Railroad  and  Street  Transportation — Fleming. 

The  Building  Trades — Shaw. 

The  Garment  Trades — Bryner. 

The  Metal  Trades— Lutz. 

The  Printing  Trades — Shaw. 

Wage  Earning  and  Education  (Summary) — Lutz. 


RETURN     CIRCULATION  DEPARTMENT 

TO— »      202  Main  Library 
LOAN  PERIOD  1 

HOME  USE 


ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

1  -month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling  642-3405 

6-month  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  books  to  Circulation  Desk 

Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4  days  prior  to  due  date 


DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 

JAN  1  2  1980 


REC  CIR  MAY  1 4 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
FORM  NO.  DD6,  60m,  1  1  778  BERKELEY,  CA  94720 


©s 


YB  5357 


_       ..    -^       __ 


346017 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CAUFORNIA  LIBRARY